JP2001521234A - Global access system for multimedia related information - Google Patents

Abstract

  (57) [Summary] The personal recording medium purchasing system is connected to a first input device for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, and the consumer is provided with a regular demand device based on the input expression-based information. And a second device connected to the identification device for inputting at least one specified information by the consumer when the consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer according to the identification device. An input device, a device that stores a plurality of pieces of information, and a second input device that is connected to the information storage device and searches for a plurality of pieces of information in the information storage device based on designated information input by the second input device. It includes a device for reading information related to the designated information, and a device connected to the information reading device for recording the information read from the information storage device on a predetermined recording medium.

Description

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0001]

[Industrial applications]

The present invention relates to a personal recording medium purchase system capable of searching for one or more music pieces, editing the searched music pieces, and purchasing a recording medium such as a CD, MD, or cassette tape into which the edited music pieces are inserted. About.

[0002]

[Prior art]

Conventionally, consumers rent or purchase MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, etc.
Use a player / recorder such as a D player / recorder, cassette deck, etc. to select your favorite music, and edit / record the music selected on a recording medium such as MD, CD, or cassette tape in any order. Then, the original compilation recording medium unique to the consumer was created. For example, even a song by a single musician or artist, a song that one personally likes is not necessarily recorded in one album such as an MD, CD, or cassette tape. Therefore, if you want to make an album composed of only the songs you personally like, several MDs, such as several songs from one album, several songs from another album, and several songs from another album, etc. Purchase or rent CDs, cassette tapes, etc., and use them to select, edit, and record songs that you like personally using playback, editing, and recording storage devices, A compilation recording medium was being created.

In the case of a plurality of musicians and artists, similarly, a plurality of albums by each musician or artist are purchased or rented, and a personal original compilation using a playback / editing / recording storage device. A recording medium was being created.

[0004]

[Problems to be solved by the invention]

In the above conventional method, when a consumer intends to create an original compilation recording medium, he or she purchases or rents a plurality of MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, and the like, and then uses a playback / editing / recording storage device. You have to select, edit, and record your favorite songs individually, which is more expensive than purchasing a single MD, CD, cassette tape, etc., and for playback, editing, and recording. Also took time. Further, regardless of whether or not the music is copyrighted, the consumer copies the music from a plurality of MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, etc. without permission and creates a personal original compilation recording medium. The right holder cannot collect a copyright fee for his or her music, and there is a problem that no return is made to the music industry and music creators.

In view of the above-mentioned problems in the conventional technology, an object of the present invention is to arbitrarily select or designate a favorite musician or artist, and to arbitrarily select or designate a song by the selected musician or artist. Designating a personal recording medium purchasing system, a personal recording medium purchasing method, and a personal recording medium purchasing program capable of purchasing a personal original compilation recording medium composed of those selected or designated songs. It is to provide a recording medium for recording. Further, in view of the above-mentioned problems in the conventional technology, it is an object of the present invention to provide a system in which, when a consumer purchases a personal original compilation recording medium, a copyright fee relating to music incorporated into the recording medium, etc. Can be automatically collected by the copyright owner,
It is an object of the present invention to provide a personal recording medium purchasing system, a personal recording medium purchasing method, and a recording medium for recording a personal recording medium purchasing program, which are capable of giving back related to the use of music to the like.

[0006]

[Means for Solving the Problems]

An object of the present invention is to provide input means for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, and identify whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the input identification information connected to the input means. Identification means, designation information input means connected to the identification means for inputting at least one piece of specification information when the consumer is a legitimate consumer according to the identification result, and information for storing a plurality of pieces of information A storage unit, connected to the designated information input unit and the information storage unit, for retrieving a plurality of pieces of information in the information storage unit based on the designated information input by the designated information input unit, and reading information related to the designated information; A personal recording medium purchasing system includes an information reading unit and an information recording unit connected to the information reading unit and recording information read from the information storage unit on a predetermined recording medium. It is achieved.

The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention may be configured to further include a unit for performing a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium on which information is recorded. Further, the object of the present invention is to provide an input means for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, and when the consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designation information. A first station including designated information input means to be connected, and identification means connected to the first station for identifying whether or not the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information input by the input means; Information storage means for storing information of the information, information reading means for searching the plurality of information of the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means and reading information related to the designated information,
And an information recording means connected to the information reading means for recording information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium, and a means for performing a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium on which the information is recorded. The first station produces a recording medium constituted by information corresponding to an arbitrary number of designated information inputted by the consumer through the designated information input means at the first station, and produces the recording medium at the first station. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system that allows the consumer to purchase the recording medium at the first station by delivering to the first station.

[0008] In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the first station includes the second station.
Specific information storage means for storing specific information constituting a part of the plurality of information stored in the information storage means of the station, and specifying based on the specification information input by the specification information input means by the consumer. The information storage unit may be configured to further include a unit that searches the information storage unit and displays the specific information related to the input designated information to the consumer. Further, the above object of the present invention is to provide an input means for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, wherein the consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information when the consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer. Specifying information inputting means, first information storing means for storing a plurality of pieces of information, and searching for the plurality of pieces of information in the first information storing means based on the specifying information input by the specifying information inputting means. A first station including an information recording means for reading information related to the information and recording the information on a predetermined recording medium; and a consumer connected to the first station and having a regular The present invention relates to identification means for identifying whether a user is a consumer, second information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of information corresponding to a plurality of pieces of information stored in a first information storage means, and a recording medium on which information is recorded. A second station including means for performing a predetermined billing process; and a third station connected to the first station and the second station and including latest information storage means for storing latest information. The first and second stations update a plurality of pieces of information stored in the first information storage means and the second information storage means based on the latest information stored in the latest information storage means. At the same time, based on the designation information input by the consumer at the first station, a recording medium composed of an arbitrary number of information is produced at the first station, and the consumer directly purchases the recording medium. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system that can be used.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the plurality of pieces of information stored in the first information storage unit and the plurality of pieces of information stored in the second information storage unit include a music list, music data, an index, and a work. It may be configured to be music information including information on rights. Further, the object of the present invention is to provide an input means for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, and when the consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designation information. A first station including designated information input means for performing
Identification means connected to the first station for identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information inputted by the input means, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of information, designation information input means An information reading means for retrieving the plurality of pieces of information in the information storage means based on the designated information inputted by the information reading means and reading the information related to the designated information; and Information recording means for recording the recorded information on a predetermined recording medium, a second station including means for performing a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium on which the information is recorded, and a first station and a second station, respectively. A third station connected and including latest information storage means for storing latest information, wherein the first and second stations are connected to a third station; The plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station are updated as necessary based on the latest information stored in the latest information storage means of the second station, and the demander is updated at the first station. On the basis of the designated information to be input, a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of information is produced at the second station and delivered to the first station, so that the consumer can use the recording medium at the first station. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchase system capable of purchasing the recording medium.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, the first station includes the second station.
Specific information storage means for storing specific information constituting a part of the plurality of information stored in the information storage means of the station, and specifying based on the specification information input by the specification information input means by the consumer. The information storage unit may be configured to further include a unit that searches the information storage unit and displays the specific information related to the input designated information to the consumer. In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is a music information storage means, and the plurality of information is a plurality of music information including a music list, music data, an index, and information on copyright. You may comprise. In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the music information storage means is a database provided with storable specifications for unifying music, and is configured by digitizing and unifying sound sources, MIDI data, musical score data, and right attribute data. May be done.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the music information storage means may be configured to include five categories of music attribute, master right, copyright, musical score, and sound source. In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is a video information storage means, and the plurality of information is a plurality of video information including video data, audio data, an index, and information on copyright. You may comprise. In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is a program storage means, and the plurality of information is configured to be a plurality of program information including a plurality of programs, an index, and information on copyright. Is also good. The above object of the present invention is a personal recording medium purchasing method that enables a consumer to purchase a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of desired information, and inputs identification information for identifying the consumer. Identifying whether the customer is a legitimate customer based on the input identification information, and inputting at least one piece of designated information when the customer is a legitimate customer according to the result of the identification. Searching a database containing a plurality of pieces of information based on the input designated information, reading information related to the designated information, recording the read information on a predetermined recording medium, and recording the information This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing method including a step of performing a predetermined charging process on a medium.

Further, the object of the present invention is to provide a recording medium recording a personal recording medium purchase program that allows a consumer to purchase a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of desired information, Is input based on the input identification information, and whether or not the consumer is a legitimate consumer is identified based on the input identification information. The consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information, searches a database including a plurality of pieces of information based on the inputted designated information, reads information related to the designated information, and specifies and records the read information. This is achieved by a recording medium that records a personal recording medium purchase program that causes a specific recording medium on which information is recorded to be recorded on the recording medium.

Further, the above object of the present invention includes a first station for converting at least one or more songs and song information corresponding to the songs into predetermined signals and transmitting the signals, a storage device, and an integrated circuit. The card-shaped storage medium and the card-shaped storage medium are detachable so that a signal transmitted from the first station can be received to listen to music, and a predetermined operation can be performed when the card-shaped storage medium is mounted. A receiving device configured to be able to selectively store song information corresponding to a received song in a storage device of the card-shaped storage medium, and a card-shaped storage medium storing song information are detachable. When the card-shaped storage medium is mounted, the identification information stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium is read and stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium. A second station including input means for reading the song information stored therein;

The second station is connected to the second station, identifies whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information, and based on the music information input by the input means, the plurality of music information stored in the music information storage means. Searching music information and reading the music information related to the music information,
The music information read from the music information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and a predetermined charging process is performed on the recording medium on which the music information is recorded based on the charging information stored in the card-shaped storage medium. And a third station configured to store music information corresponding to the music in a card-shaped storage medium by a predetermined operation when the consumer is listening to the music transmitted from the first station. A personal recording medium purchase in which a consumer can purchase a recording medium on which desired music is recorded by inserting a card-shaped storage medium on which the music information is stored into a predetermined input means at a second station. Achieved by the system.

[0015] In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the third station includes the second station.
Identification means for identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information inputted by the input means of the station, music information storage means for storing a plurality of music information, Music information reading means for retrieving the plurality of music information in the music information storage means based on the music information and reading the music information related to the music information; and the music information storage means connected to the music information reading means. Music information recording means for recording music information read from a predetermined recording medium, and means for performing predetermined charging processing based on charging information stored in a card-shaped storage medium with respect to the recording medium on which the music information is recorded May be provided. A personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention includes a copyright-related information storage unit for storing information related to copyright, an input / output unit for inputting / outputting music information, and music information input by the input / output unit. Music information registration means for registering and storing music information in the music information storage means, and the copyright-related information relating to the music information registered in the music information registration means is searched and determined from the copyright-related information storage means based on the music used. A copyright-related information search determining unit that determines a fee for the user of the music based on the copyright-related information and the billing information determined by the copyright-related information search determining unit; Fee and royalties determining means for determining the royalty) and the fee determined by the charging and royalties determining means Royalties determined with reported may be further provided with a configuration and means for reporting the copyright holder of the music piece.

[0016] The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention comprises a use purpose registration unit for registering information on a use purpose of a music piece to be used; And charging information changing means for changing the information. The personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention is configured such that the copyright-related information can be changed based on the information on the music used by being connected to the input means and the copyright-related information storage means. An information changing means may be further provided.

[0017]

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the identification means determines whether the consumer is a regular consumer based on the input identification information. Identify whether there is, specified information input means, at least one specified information is input when the consumer is a legitimate consumer according to the result of the identification, the information reading means, from the specified information input means by the demander Based on the input designated information, a plurality of information in the information storage means is searched to read information related to the designated information, and the information recording means records the information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium. The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention can be configured to perform a predetermined accounting process on a recording medium on which music information is recorded.

In another personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designated information input means operates to confirm that the consumer is authorized. When the consumer is identified as a consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information. The information reading means reads a plurality of pieces of information in the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means, reads information related to the designated information, and the information recording means Recording the information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium, performing a predetermined charging process on the recording medium on which the information is recorded, and By producing a recording medium constituted by information corresponding to an arbitrary number of designated information inputted by the designated information input means at the second station and delivering it to the first station, the consumer can use the recording medium at the first station. Purchase a recording medium.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, in the first station, the specific information storage means is a specific information part of a plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station. Is retrieved from the specific information storage means based on the specified information input by the specified information input means by the consumer, and the specific information related to the specified information inputted is displayed to the consumer. Further, in another personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designation information input means operates such that the consumer is an authorized consumer. The consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information when the information is identified as, and the information recording means searches a plurality of pieces of information in the first information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information inputting means. The information related to the designated information is read and recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and in the second station, the identification means determines whether or not the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information input by the input means. The first and second stations identify and perform predetermined billing processing on the recording medium on which the information is recorded, and based on the latest information stored in the third latest information storage means. A plurality of pieces of information stored in the first information storage means and the second information storage means are updated, and an arbitrary number of pieces of information are configured based on designation information input by a consumer at the first station. The recording medium is manufactured at the first station, and the consumer can directly purchase the recording medium.

[0020] In still another personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designation information input means operates so that the consumer is authorized. When the consumer is identified as a consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information, and at the second station, the identification means determines whether the consumer is a regular consumer based on the identification information input by the input means. The information reading means reads a plurality of information in the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means to read information related to the designated information, and the information recording means comprises: The information read from the information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and a predetermined charging process is performed on the recording medium on which the information is recorded. Based on the latest information stored in the latest information storage means of the third station, a plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station are updated as necessary, and the information stored in the first station is updated. On the basis of the designation information input by the consumer, a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of information is produced at the second station and delivered to the first station, so that the consumer records at the first station. You can buy media.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the first station converts at least one or more music pieces and music piece information corresponding to the music pieces into predetermined signals and transmits them, and the receiving device includes a card. The card-shaped storage medium is detachable so that the user can listen to the music by receiving the signal transmitted from the first station, and can correspond to the music received by a predetermined operation when the card-shaped storage medium is mounted. Music information to be selectively stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium, and in the second station, the input means is capable of attaching and detaching the card-shaped storage medium in which the music information is stored. When mounted, reads the identification information stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium and reads the music information stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium, The third station is connected to the second station, identifies whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information, and stores the music information in the music information storage means based on the music information input by the input means. The plurality of pieces of music information are searched, the music information related to the music information is read, the music information read from the music information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and the music information is recorded on a recording medium. A predetermined charging process is performed based on the charging information stored in the card-shaped storage medium, and music information corresponding to the music is transmitted by a predetermined operation when the consumer is listening to the music transmitted from the first station. Is stored in a card-shaped storage medium, and the customer inserts the card-shaped storage medium in which the music information is stored in the second station into predetermined input means, thereby recording a desired music. Purchased recording media.

[0022]

【Example】

Hereinafter, an embodiment of a personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention will be described with reference to the attached drawings. FIG. 1 shows a personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as a “purchase system”).
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment (abbreviated as). As shown in FIG. 1, a main part of a purchase system 1 of this embodiment includes a store 10 which is a KIOSK (kiosk) located closest to a customer, such as a convenience store or a gas station, and a back channel company 20. The store 10 and the back channel company 20 are connected by the Internet or a dedicated line 40.

The store 10 includes an MD production application receiving system 11 including a monitor, a card reader and a database search / application terminal (not shown), a music list database 12 connected to the MD production application receiving system 11, and an MD production application receiving. Store equipment management system 13 connected to system 11 and music list database 12
And a communication system 14 connected to the store equipment management system 13. The back channel company 20 includes a communication system 21 connected to the communication system 14 of the store 10 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like 40, a communication system 21
Server client system (hereinafter referred to as a host computer) 22 connected to the host computer 22 and the music list database 2 connected to the host computer 22
3, a music database 27 including a music data database 24, an index database 25 and a copyright database 26, an MD writer 28 connected to the music database 27, a printer 29 connected to the music database 27,
A company database 32 is connected to the host computer 22 and includes a customer database 30 and a bill settlement database 31.

Next, the operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1-1. Member Recognition Step First, touch the "Start" item display on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter abbreviated as a monitor) of the MD production application receiving system 11 to turn on the purchase system. "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please insert a card". If the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his / her member card into the card reader of the MD production application receiving system 11. If the customer is an unregistered member, the member registers at the store, purchases a new membership card, and inserts it into the card reader. Here, the purchasing system is configured to have a new member card creation function that can automatically create a new member card based on a proof of identity, such as a customer's car driver's license or bank card. You may.

After the card reader reads the membership card, “Please enter your password” is displayed on the monitor screen. Based on the display, the customer enters a personal identification number unique to each customer. The password is entered using the number displayed on the monitor screen and / or
Or, it is input by touching an alphabet character. The information of the input personal identification number and the information of the member registration number of the member card previously read by the card reader are transmitted from the communication system 14 via the telephone line 40 via the communication system 21 of the back channel company 20 to the server client system. (Host computer) 22. In the back channel company 20, the host computer 22 searches the customer management database 30 of the company side database 32 based on the information of the personal identification number and the member registration number sent from the store 10, and determines whether the customer is a valid member. And the information on the matching result is transmitted to the communication system 21.
Via the telephone line 40 to the MD production application receiving system 11 via the communication system 14 of the store 10. Further, the host computer 22 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member.

The MD production application receiving system 11 of the store 10 displays “OK” on the monitor screen if the customer is a valid member based on the received information on the matching result. If the member is invalid, "invalid" is displayed. If the security code is incorrectly entered during the above operation, the message "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the password may be input again. In this case, from the viewpoint of security, the number of re-inputs of the personal identification number may be limited. If the matching is not established within the specified number of times, the purchase system is automatically turned off. If "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen at the above stage, the monitor then displays "Let's choose a song" on the screen and proceeds to the song selection stage. 1-2. Music Selection Stage As shown in FIG. 3A, music selection items for “first music” are displayed on the screen of the monitor. The music selection items include (a) music name, (b) artist name, (c) album name, (d) lyricist / composer name, (e) genre, (f) production date, (g) Each item of a part of the lyrics, (h) a part of the melody, and (i) a recommended lineup is shown.

The customer inputs necessary information while looking at the music selection items displayed on the screen of the monitor in order to select the first music. There are various methods for inputting such information. For example, the information may be input using a keyboard, or may be input directly into each item on the screen using a touch pen. The MD production application receiving system 11 searches the music list database 12 of the store 10 based on the information input on the screen of the monitor and acquires necessary information. As an example, FIG. 3B shows a monitor screen when a customer inputs (b) an artist name, (g) a part of lyrics, and (h) a part of a melody. Here, (h) a voice recognition method may be adopted as a part of the melody, and the melody uttered by the customer may be recognized by the method, or the recognized melody may be further converted into a musical score. You may comprise so that it may display on the screen of a monitor.

After these inputs are completed, the “search button” displayed on the monitor screen
The search is executed by pressing, and the search result as shown in FIG. 3C is displayed on the screen of the monitor. In other words, as a result of the search, the title of the first song, “I LOVE
"You""is displayed and the song code 044 ESPD382401 is displayed, and at the same time, selection items of" select button "," cancel button ", and" end button "are also displayed. Check the first song displayed on the monitor screen, and touch the "Select button" if the entered information is acceptable. When the "selection button" is touched, the music codes are accumulated on the hard disk of the MD production application receiving system 11, and the music selection items for the second music are displayed on the monitor screen. The selection of the second music piece is performed in the same procedure as in the case of the first music piece. Then, by repeating the same operation up to the desired number of music pieces, the music codes of the desired music pieces are sequentially accumulated. When all the songs have been selected, the inspection result of the last song is displayed on the screen of the monitor, and then the "end button" selection item is touched to end the song selection.

1-3. Music composition stage By touching the "end button" in the above stage, as shown in FIG. 4, after the display of "the song you have selected" is displayed on the monitor screen, the song is selected in the above song selection stage. The song is displayed. In this example, “1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA” and the selected song list is displayed on the monitor screen. And "Sort",
The selection items of “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed at the same time.

1-3-1. Next, a procedure for rearranging the order of the selected music will be described. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, as shown below,
[] Is displayed at the right end of each song on the monitor screen. "1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES [] 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES [] 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS [] 4. LET IT BE BEATLES [] 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA []" Since the music and the third music are rearranged, the order of the music is 3.2.1.4 by inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 from above in [].
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor.

On the screen of the monitor, an item of “OK” is simultaneously displayed, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item of “OK”, the screen of the monitor is displayed as “You have selected. The song is returned to the display, and the songs whose order has been changed are displayed as follows. "3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" By touching the "OK" item, The display is renumbered and displayed as "1. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA".

1-3-2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching the item of “delete”. If you touch the item of "Delete", "Touch the song you want to delete"
Is displayed, and a list of songs selected as "1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" is displayed on the monitor screen. The selection item of "OK" is displayed at the same time.

Here, when deleting “2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES” from the music list, touching the corresponding music display portion on the monitor screen causes the music “
2. "SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES" part is moved from the list, and only that part is deleted on the new page with "OK" selection item as follows. 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES and monitor screen Displayed above. If the user touches the "OK" item, the screen of the monitor re-numbers the songs other than the deleted song and displays the same again as follows. "1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 3. LET IT BE BEATLES 4. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" 1-3. Addition of music When adding a new music, touching the "Add" selection item causes the monitor screen to display "Add music" and returns to the above-mentioned "Music selection stage" screen. Then, as described above, a new song can be added by operating a necessary procedure while watching the screen of the monitor.

After performing necessary operations in the music composition stage, by touching the item of “end button” on the screen, “music code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the item of "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage, as described below.

1-4. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. 1-4. Jacket design selection 3． At the end of the music composition stage, as shown in FIG. 5, the screen of the monitor is accompanied by a character display "Please select your favorite jacket", and in this example, nine types of screens (that is, one page) The jacket design is shown, and the jacket design on the other page is displayed on the next page by touching the item display of “previous page” and “next page” respectively. The designed jacket design can be displayed on the monitor screen. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the screen of the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the selected jacket design is selected. Is generated.

1-4-2. After the album title input and the jacket design selection are completed, the screen of the monitor displays "
"Please enter album title" and "Keyboard input"
, “Touch sensor input” item is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time that either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item is touched, the “Album title is“ Shota & Mayu ”
That's okay. And the characters of the input album title are sequentially displayed, and the items of "change" and "OK" are simultaneously displayed.

If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the monitor screen, he touches the item of “change” and performs the input again in the above-described procedure. Also,
If the input album title is acceptable, touching the item of "OK" creates "album title character data C" corresponding to the displayed album title.

1-5. Final Confirmation Step When the decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 7 are displayed on the screen of the monitor. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. If you touch the "OK" item after making the final confirmation, the price of the MD you are trying to create will appear on the monitor screen, for example, "Your fee is 1,000 yen." Will be 1-6. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, the monitor screen displays, for example, "Credit Card", "Prepaid Card", and "Bank Withdrawal" along with the text "What is your payment method?" You. Here, when the customer selects a payment method by touching any item, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer corresponds to the selected payment method. Insert the card into the card reader. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created. 1-7. Transmission stage After the payment stage is completed, the "song code group A" created as described above
, “Jacket design code B”, “Album title character data C”, “Card data D”, and “Customer code E”, as shown in FIG.
Back-channel company 20 via telephone line 40 and communication system 21
Is sent to the host computer 22 provided in the computer.

1-8. Back Channel Company Work Stage 1-8.1. MD board production work After completing each of the above steps, enter the MD production phase. In the present embodiment, the MD board production work, that is, the recording is performed by the back channel company 20. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 2 of the music database 27
4 is searched, a song corresponding to the information of the song code group A is selected from the song data database 24, and the selected song is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 28. 1-8.2. Jacket Production Work In the back channel company 20, jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 29 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". Done. Here, first, the music list database 23 of the music database 27 is searched based on the “music code group A”, and the music list database 23 and the index
The attribute of each song is selected from the database 25, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

1-8.3. The charging and settlement host computer 22 searches the charging and settlement database 31 of the company-side database 32 based on the information of the “card data D” and the “customer code E”, and from there, inputs necessary information to a predetermined information such as a bank or a credit company. To the financial institution to perform customer billing and settlement. 1-8.4. Copyright Processing The host computer 22 searches the music list database 23 and the copyright database 26 of the music database 27 based on the information of the “song code group A” and obtains necessary information from the copyright database 26 of the music database 27. JASR
The data is sent to an AC to perform copyright processing, and then sent to a record company or the like to perform master processing.

1-8.5 Mailing Work The host computer 22 searches the customer database 30 of the company-side database 32 based on the information of the “customer code E”, and obtains the address label of the customer from information such as the address of the customer. After printing and packing as required, the MD is mailed.
As a result, the customer can receive the ordered MD.

1-9. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain new music information (music list, music data, index data, etc.). These information are constantly updated in the back channel company 20, and the latest music list, music data, and index information are stored in the music list database 23, the music data database 24, and the index database 25 of the music database 27, respectively. Have been. However, in this embodiment, only the music list among the information is the communication system 1 of the store 10 via the host computer 22 and the communication system 21.
4 and is stored in the music list database 12 of the store 10 via the store equipment management system 13.

Here, a music database used in the above-described personal music recording medium purchasing system of the present invention will be described. The music database specifications described below are proposed for the first time in the present invention, and include a database specification capable of storing music in a unified manner, and include a sound source, MIDI data, musical score data, and rights attribute data. And unified. The music is unifiedly coded for an existing or future music recording system, and is designed to be compatible with future music distribution. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an embodiment of the music database configured as described above. This music database contains (1) song attributes, (2) master right, (3) copyright,
Includes five categories: (4) music score, and (5) sound source. Each category also contains information on the following items:

(1) Music attribute (1) -1 Music code (country code + work code) (1) -2 Music name (1) -3 Music fraction (1) -4 Artist name (1) -5 Artist country Code (1) -6 Date of production (2) Master right (2) -1 Master owner (2) -2 Country code (2) -3 Co-owner (2) -4 Country code (3) Copyright (3) -1-1 Lyricist (3) -1-2 Country code (3) -1-3 Representative publisher (3) -1-4 Country code (3) -1-5 Co-publisher (3) -1-6 Country code (3) -2-1 Composer (3) -2-2 Country code (3) -2-3 Representative publisher (3) -2-4 Country code (3) -2-5 Co-publisher (3) -2-6 Country code (3) -3-1 Arranger (3) -3-2 Country code (3) -3-3 Representative publisher (3) -3-4 Country code (3) -3-5 Co-publisher (3) -3-6 Country code (4) Score (4) -1 MIDI data (4) -2 Raw score (4) -3 Lyrics (5) Sound source (5) -1 Digital sound source

FIGS. 12 and 13 are diagrams showing examples of index information stored in an index database constituting a music database used in the personal music recording medium purchasing system of the present invention. As can be seen from this example, the index information is information indicating a part of the information of the music database described above for each music, and the index database is a database that stores the index information. is there. The information of the index A shown in FIG. 12 is as follows: (1) Genre Japanese music (2) Music name Red sweet pea (3) Music fraction 5 minutes 21 seconds (4) Artist Seiko Matsuda (5) Lyricist Karuho Kureda (6) Composer Kureta Karuho (7) Date of production July 1, 1982 (8) Representative master country Japan (9) Representative master company Sony Music (Japan) (10) Option I (lyric card) (11) Option II (score) Contains each information.

The information of the index B shown in FIG. 13 is as follows: (1) Genre Western music (2) Music name Yesterday Katakana display YESTERDAY English display (3) Music fraction 4 minutes 50 seconds (4) Artist Beatles Katakana display BEATLES English display (5) Lyricist John Lennon Katakana indication John Lennon English indication (6) Composer Paul McCartney Katakana indication Paul McCartney English indication (7) Production date July 1, 1968 July 1, 1968 (1) Representative Master Country UK Katakana Display England English Display (9) Representative Master Press Big Apple Katakana Display BIG APPLE English Display (10) Option I (Lyrics Card) (11) Option II (Score) Information is included.

The music database described in the following embodiments also has the above-described configuration. The purchase system of the present invention adopts this music database to enable customers to select more global music. At the same time, the copyright owner can more easily manage the copyright of the music. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a store 100,
It is composed of a back channel company 200 and a broadcasting station 300. The store 100 and the back channel company 200 are connected by a dedicated line (may be the Internet or a telephone line) 400. The store 100 and the broadcasting station 300, and the back channel company 200 and the broadcasting station 300 are communicated by satellite waves (terrestrial waves or cables) 401 and 402, respectively.

The store 100 is a KIOSK, as in the first embodiment, and includes an MD production application receiving system 101 including a monitor, a card reader, and a database search / application terminal (not shown). Store side database 105, store side database 105 including connected music list database 102, music data database 103 and index database 104
Writer 106 connected to the store, the printer 107 connected to the store side database 105, the communication system 1 connected to the MD production application receiving system 101
08, a data broadcast receiving system 109, and a data broadcast decoder 110 connected to the store side database 105. The back channel company 200 includes a communication system 201 connected to the communication system 108 of the store 100 via a telephone line 400, and a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 20 connected to the communication system 201.
2. Music list database 20 connected to host computer 202
3. A music database 207 including a music data database 204, an index database 205, and a copyright database 206; a customer database 206 and a billing and settlement database 20 connected to the host computer 202;
7 is provided.

The broadcasting station 300 is connected to a communication system 301 connected to the back channel company 200 via a satellite wave 401, a broadcast data database 302 connected to the communication system 301, and a broadcast data database 302. And a data broadcast encoder 304 connected to the data broadcast receiving system 109 of the store 100 via the broadcast data transmission server 303, the broadcast data transmission server 303, and the satellite wave 402. The purchase system shown in FIG. 14 allows a consumer to select a favorite artist or musician and a favorite song for each song at a nearest store such as a convenience store or a gas station, and that the selected song is It is configured so that digitally copied MDs can be made in a store.

The operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 14 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2-1. Member Recognition Step First, a "start" item on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter, abbreviated as a monitor) of the MD production application receiving system 101 is touched to switch on the purchasing system. After "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen,
"Please insert a card" is displayed. If the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his / her member card into the card reader of the MD production application receiving system 101. If the customer is an unregistered member, a new member is registered at the store, a member card is purchased and inserted into a card reader.

Here, similarly to the first embodiment described above, the purchase system automatically creates a new membership card based on a proof of identity such as a customer's car driver's license or bank card. You may comprise so that it can be performed. After the card reader reads the membership card, "Please enter your PIN" is displayed on the monitor screen. Based on the display, the customer enters a personal identification number unique to each customer. The password is input by touching a number and / or an alphabetic character displayed on the screen of the monitor. The input password information and the membership card membership number information previously read by the card reader are transmitted from the communication system 108 via the telephone line 400 via the communication system 201 of the back channel company 200 to the server client system. (
Host computer) 202.

In the back channel company 200, the host computer 202
00, the customer management database 208 of the company-side database 210 is searched based on the information on the personal identification number and the member registration number sent from 00, matching is performed as to whether or not the customer is a valid member. The data is sent from the communication system 201 to the MD production application receiving system 101 via the communication system 107 of the store 100 via the telephone line 400. Also, the host computer 20
2 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member. Based on the received matching result information, the MD production application reception system 101 of the store 100 displays “OK” on the monitor screen if the customer is a valid member, and displays “OK” if the customer is invalid. Is displayed. " If the security code is entered incorrectly during the above operation, "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the personal identification number may be input again. In this case, the first
As in the embodiment, the number of re-inputs of the password may be limited from the viewpoint of security. Then, if "OK" is not displayed on the monitor screen within a predetermined number of times, the purchasing system may be automatically turned off. If "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen at the above stage, the monitor then displays "Let's choose a song" on the screen, and proceeds to the next song selection stage.

2-2. Song Selection Step As shown in FIG. 3A, a song selection item for the first song is displayed on the screen of the monitor. The music selection items include (a) music name, (b) artist name, (c) album name, (d) lyricist / composer name, (e) genre, (f) production date, (g) Each item of a part of the lyrics, (h) a part of the melody, and (i) a recommended lineup is shown. In order to select the first song, the customer inputs necessary information while looking at the song selection items displayed on the screen of the monitor. The input is performed by the method described in the first embodiment.

The MD production application receiving system 101 is a music list database 102 included in the store side database 105 based on information input on the monitor screen.
And search the index database 104 to obtain necessary information. As an example, FIG. 13B shows a case where the customer inputs (b) the artist name, (g) a part of the lyrics, and (h) a part of the melody, respectively. Here, as in the first embodiment described above, (h) a voice recognition method is adopted as a part of the melody input, the melody uttered by the customer is recognized by the method, and the melody is displayed as a musical score. You may comprise. When the "search button" is pressed after these inputs are completed, the search results are displayed on the monitor screen as shown in FIG. 13C.

As a result of the search, the title of the first song, “AND I LOVE H” in this example, is displayed on the monitor screen.
“ER” is displayed and the song code 044 ESPD382409 is displayed, and at the same time, selection items of “select button”, “cancel button”, and “end button” are also displayed. Check the first song displayed on the monitor screen, and touch the "Select button" item if the entered information is acceptable. When the item of the “selection button” is touched, the music code is accumulated in the hard disk of the MD production application receiving system 101, and the music selection item for the second music is displayed on the monitor screen. Follow the same procedure to select the second song. Thereafter, by repeating the same operation until the desired number of music pieces, the music code of each music piece is sequentially accumulated. When the selection of all the music pieces is completed, the inspection result of the last music piece is displayed on the screen of the monitor, so that the item of the "end button" is touched to end the music piece selection.

2-3. Music composition stage By touching the item of "end button", as shown in FIG.
The song selected in the above-mentioned song selection stage is shown following the display of "The song you have selected." In this example, "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" and the selected song list is displayed on the monitor screen. At the same time, "Sort"
, “Delete”, “Add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

2-3-1. Next, a procedure for rearranging the order of the selected music will be described. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, [] is displayed on the right end of each song as shown below on the screen. "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES [] 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES [] 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS [] 4. LET IT BE BEATLES [] 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA []" And the third song are rearranged. By inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the songs is 3.2.1.4.
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item "OK", the display returns to "The song you selected" and The song whose order has been changed is displayed on the monitor screen.

[3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA] By touching the item of "OK", Is renumbered as "1. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" Displayed on the monitor screen.

2-3-2. Deleting a song You can delete a selected song by touching the "Delete" item on the monitor screen. When you touch the item of "Delete", the text "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. A list of songs selected as "LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" is displayed on the monitor screen, and the selection item "OK" is also displayed. If you want to delete the song "2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES", touch the corresponding part of the above display and the song "2. SATISFACT
The “ION THE ROLLING STONES” part is moved from the list, and only that part is displayed on a new page as “Delete 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES” with the “OK” selection item as shown below. If the user touches the "OK" item, the monitor renumbers the songs other than the deleted songs and displays them again as follows.

“1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 3. LET IT BE BEATLES 4. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA” 2-3.3. Addition of a song When adding a new song, touching the "Add" selection item causes the monitor to display "Add song" on the screen and return to the above-mentioned song selection stage screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor. After performing necessary operations in the above-described music composition stage, by touching the item of “end button”, “music code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated. Further, by touching the item of “end button”, the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below.

2-4. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. 2-4.1. Jacket design selection At the end of the above-mentioned music composition stage, the monitor screen is displayed with the text "Please select your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 5 (see the first embodiment). Nine types of jacket designs are shown on one screen (that is, one page), and the jacket designs on the other pages are displayed on the monitor by touching the "previous" and "next" item displays, respectively. Is done. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 18 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

2-4.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the characters "Please enter an album title", "keyboard input", and "touch" as shown in FIG. 6 (see the first embodiment). The item "sensor input" is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time as touching either the “keyboard input” or the “touch sensor input” item, the title of the album, such as “Album title should be“ LOVE SONGS ”.” Are sequentially displayed, and the items “change” and “OK” are simultaneously displayed. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

2-5. Final Confirmation Step When the decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 7 (see the first embodiment) are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, "Album title"
, "Jacket" and "selected song" are displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the "OK" item display after the final confirmation, the price of the MD you are trying to create is displayed on the monitor screen, for example, "Your fee is 1,000 yen." Will be 2-6. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, the monitor screen displays, for example, the words "Payment method?" Will be Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

Next, referring to FIG. 23, the working stages in the store 100 and the back channel company 200 will be described. 2-7. MD production stage 2-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above-mentioned steps 1 to 6, the process enters the MD production phase. MD board production work (
That is, recording is performed in KIOSK, that is, in a store 100 such as a convenience store or a gas station. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 103 of the store-side database 105 is searched, a music corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 103, and the selected music is selected. Is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 106.

2-7.2. Jacket production work In the store 100, "Song code group A", "Jacket design code B"
And the album title character data C, the jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 107. Here, first, based on the “song code group A”, the song list database 1 of the store side database 105
02 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 102 and the index database 104, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. , The attribute of each song is selected, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket. After completing the MD board production work and the jacket production work, the customer
A desired MD can be obtained at a store 100 such as KIOSK.

2-8. Transmission Step After the payment step is completed, the “song code group A”, “card data D” and “customer code E” created as described above are simultaneously shown in FIG. As described above, the data is sent to the host computer 202 provided in the back channel company 200 through the communication system 108, the telephone line 400, and the communication system 201.

2-9. Back Channel Company Work Stage 2-9.1. The charge settlement host computer 202 searches the charge settlement database 209 of the company-side database 210 based on the information of the "card data D" and the "customer code E", and retrieves necessary information therefrom in a predetermined manner such as a bank or a credit company. To the financial institution to settle the customer billing.

2-9.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 202, based on the information of the “song code group A”, executes the music list database 203 and the copyright database 206 of the music database 207.
And sends necessary information from the copyright database 206 of the music database 207 to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master processing.

2-10. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain information on new music (music list, music data, index, etc.). These pieces of information are transmitted from the broadcasting station 300 to the store 100 by satellite waves or the like 402. The back channel company reads the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information from the music list database 203, the music data database 204, and the index database 205 of the music database 207 by the host computer 202, and reads the information. Communication system 201
To the communication system 301 of the broadcasting station 300 by satellite waves (which may be a telephone line or a dedicated line).

The broadcasting station 300 stores the received latest music list, music data, and index information in the broadcast data database 302. Broadcast data transmission server 30
3 sends the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information stored in the broadcast data database 302 to the data broadcast encoder 304, and the data broadcast encoder 304 converts the information into a transmission signal by encoding the information. After that, the data broadcast receiving system 10 of the store 100
9 The data broadcast receiving system 109 of the store 100 that has received the encoded signal
Sends these signals to the data broadcast decoder 110, decodes the transmitted signals, reads the latest music list, music data, and index information, and reads the corresponding music list / database of the store side database 105. 102,
The respective information is stored in the music data database 103 and the index database 104.

As a result, the store 100 always stores the latest music information, and is configured to be able to respond to customer needs. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. Before describing the configuration of FIG. 24, the features of the third embodiment will be described. First and second
The major difference from this embodiment is that it is configured to apply for MD at home,
It is to apply for the latest song by data broadcasting.

The third embodiment is a service for specific members: (1) Only the latest music list (song code) is transmitted from the broadcasting station 1300 by data broadcasting; (2) “MTV”, “Countdown TV”, Click on the latest song you want while watching a TV program such as, etc .; (3) If you have a few songs you want, access host computer 1202; (4) Compilation MD is delivered to home 1100; (5) ) Copyright settlement processing is performed. Next, the preconditions in the third embodiment will be described. A. The member (user) has already purchased the PC TV by purchasing or the like, or has purchased a dedicated board and has joined the already existing PC, and has connected the PC TV to the home telephone line; B. When a new song is created, the record company first submits the required attributes to the music database, thereby assigning a song code; Perform music broadcasting by embedding a music code (+ α) in a broadcasting band not used for a main broadcast (for example, a television program such as “MTV”); The music code (+ α) sent from the broadcasting station 1300 is stored in the PC TV hard disk by the remote controller, keyboard, or mouse operation and then transmitted; (This PC TV is linked to the music database homepage. It is desirable that the music list database in the hard disk be constantly updated.) Broadcast bands not used in the main broadcasting are bands of data broadcasting, text broadcasting, and sub-audio broadcasting. F. The present invention can also be used as a system in which ticket information and general merchandise information can be encoded to make application work easier. G. FIG. It can also be used as a radio system. H. The use of an IC card is also possible.

As shown in FIG. 24, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a home 1100
, A back channel company 1200 and a broadcasting station 1300. The home 1100 and the back channel company 1200 are connected by a telephone line (which may be the Internet or a dedicated line) 1400. Home 11
00 and the broadcasting station 1300, and the back channel company 1200 and the broadcasting station 130
0 is a satellite wave (which may be a terrestrial wave or a cable) 1401 or 1402, respectively.
Communicated by The home 1100 is the residence of a customer who is a member, and is connected to the MD production application reception system 1101, the music list database 1102 connected to the MD production application reception system 1101, and the MD production application reception system 1101. Communication system 1103, a data broadcast decoder 1105 connected to the music list database 1102, and a data broadcast receiving system 1104 connected to the data broadcast decoder 1105.

The back channel company 1200 establishes the home 110 via the telephone line 1400.
Communication system 1201 and communication system 1 connected to the communication system 1103
A server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 1202 connected to the host computer 201 and a music list /
Music database 1 including database 1203, music data database 1204, index database 1205, and copyright database 1206
207, a client database 120 connected to the host computer 1202;
6 and the company side database 1210 including the billing settlement database 1207
It has. Further, an MD writer 1211 and a printer 1212 are connected to a music database 1207.

The broadcasting station 1300 communicates with the back channel company 120 via the satellite wave 1401.
Communication system 1301, communication system 1 connected to communication system 1201
The broadcast data database 1302 is connected to the broadcast data database 301, the broadcast data transmission server 1303 is connected to the broadcast data database 1302, the broadcast data transmission server 1303 is connected to the data broadcast receiving system 1104 of the home 1100 via the satellite wave 1402. A data broadcast encoder 1304 is provided. The third embodiment is different from the first and second embodiments described above in that a music list (= song code) is broadcasted from a broadcasting station and a home 1100 can apply for an MD. Have been. The applied MD is sent from the back channel company 1200 to the home 1100 by delivery.

Next, the operation of the third embodiment will be described. It is assumed that the record company M has produced, for example, a new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda. The record company M immediately registers the new song in the music database. By registration, a song code for the new song, for example, 081AMDM02998
8 is given. Next, the record company M has the song code 081AMDM0299
Bringing the promotion video of the new song "Love you" given 88 to the TV program "Countdown TV" of the private broadcaster TBS, for example, makes the new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda on the TV program "Countdown TV" At the same time, the music code 081AMDM029988 is transmitted in the data broadcasting band. It is assumed that the television program “Countdown TV” is on on the monitor screen of the PC TV connected to the telephone line, and the new song “Love you” by Seiko Matsuda is just on air.

FIG. 25 shows a monitor screen of a PC TV in home 1100. here,
The scene of the new song "Love you" of singer A (Seiko Matsuda in the above case) flows in the main broadcast (in the above case, the TV program "Countdown TV" of TBS), followed by singer B (in this example, , Namie Amuro) 's new song "How to be a girl". 3-1. Selection There are "selection" and "application" items displayed on the monitor screen of the PC TV. Here, assuming that the item display of “selection” is blinking to indicate that it is possible to capture, by clicking or touching the blinking item display of “selection”, the new song “Love you” is displayed. Music code 081 AMD corresponding to
M029988 is stored on the hard disk of the PC TV.

Similarly, the customer (member) selects a new song “How to be a girl” by Namie Amuro during the same main broadcast (broadcast of TBS's TV program “Countdown TV”) as shown in the figure. Then, the music code corresponding to the music is stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. In this way, it is assumed that eight pieces of music are selected during the same main broadcast, and when the television program "Countdown TV" ends, the music codes of eight pieces of music are stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. Further, it is assumed that the customer (member) selects seven songs while another television program is being broadcast, and when the television program ends, song codes for the seven songs are stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. In the above case, a total of 15 music codes are stored on the hard disk of the PC TV.

3-2. Application 1. When the selection operation is completed, the operation proceeds to the application operation as shown in FIG. By clicking (or touching) the item display of “application” on the monitor screen of the PC TV, the item display of “music”, “shopping”, and “ticket” appears on the monitor screen. Click the "" item. By clicking on the "music" item, in this embodiment, a "song code group A" including 15 song codes is created, and a "customer code E" is also created. At the same time, the browser on the hard disk of the PC TV is automatically started up, and as shown in FIG. 27, the message “Your selected song” is displayed on the screen of the monitor, followed by selection as described above. The song is shown. In this example, “1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 15. This is my way of life PUFFY” A list is displayed, and selection items of “sort”, “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

3-2.1. Sorting of songs To sort the order of the selected songs, touching "Sort" will show [] at the right end of each song as follows. "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro [] 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING [] ... [] 15. This is my way of life PUFFY [] In the example of the figure, since the first music piece and the third music piece are rearranged, the order of the music pieces is set to 3.2.1 by inputting 3, 2, 1, to 15 in [] in order from the top. .4
. ~ 15. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item of "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching this "OK", the display returns to "Your selected song", and the order is changed as follows. The changed song is displayed.

“3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 15. This is my way of life PUFFY” Touching “OK” , "The song you chose" is displayed as "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ... 15. This is my life The road is renumbered and displayed as "PUFFY".

3-2.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching "Delete".
When you touch "Delete", the text "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ・····· 15. This is the way my life is going to be PUFFY. A song list that is selected is displayed on the monitor screen, and the selection item “OK” is also displayed. Here, if you want to delete song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko, touch the corresponding part of the above display, the song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko part will be moved from the list, and only that part will be a new page As shown below, "Delete 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" is displayed along with the "OK" selection item. If "OK" is touched here, the monitor renumbers the music other than the deleted music and displays it again as follows. “1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro ・ ・ ・ 14. This is the way I live PUFFY” 3-2.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the “Add” selection item, and the monitor will display “Add music” on the screen, and the “1-2. Music selection stage” described above. Return to the screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor.

At this stage, after performing necessary operations, a “song code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated by touching the “end button”. Also, this "
By touching the "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below.

3-3. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below. 3-3.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the music composition stage, the monitor screen is displayed with the text "Please select your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 5 (see the first embodiment). In this example, nine screen designs are shown on one screen (that is, one page), and the jacket designs on the other pages can be monitored by touching the “previous” and “next” item displays. Will be displayed. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

3-3.2. After the album title input and the jacket design selection are completed, the screen of the monitor displays "
"Please enter album title" and "Keyboard input"
, “Touch sensor input” is displayed. Customer says "keyboard input"
Or, touch one of the items of “touch sensor input”, and then input the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time as touching either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item, the title of the album title is entered as “Album title should be“ LOVE FOR SALE ”.” And the like are sequentially displayed, and the items “change” and “OK” are simultaneously displayed.

If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches “change” and inputs again in the above-described procedure. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

[0087] 3-4. Final Confirmation Step Upon completion of the decoration step, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 28 are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the “OK” item display after the final confirmation, for example,
The price of the MD to be created is displayed, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen." 3-5. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, for example, as shown in FIG. 29, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the letters "Payment method?""Debit" item is displayed. Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

3-6. Transmission Step After the payment step is completed, as shown in FIG. 30, the "song code group A", "jacket design code B", "album title character data C", "card data" The “D” and the “customer code E” are sent to the host computer 1202 provided in the back channel company 1200 via the communication system 1103, the telephone line 1400, and the communication system 1201 shown in FIG.

3-7. Back Channel Company Work Stage FIG. 31 shows work stages in the back channel company 1200. 3-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above steps, enter the MD production phase. The MD board production work (that is, recording) is performed by the back channel company 1200. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". The music data database 1204 of the music database 1207 of the back channel company 1200 is searched based on the information of the music code group A, and the music data database 12 is searched.
A music piece corresponding to the information of the music piece code group A is selected from 04, and the selected music piece is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 1211. 3-7.2. Jacket Production Work At the back channel company 1200, a jacket production work is also performed by the printer 1212 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". Here, first, based on the “song code group A”, the song list database 1 of the music database 1207
203 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 1203 and the index database 1205, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

3-7.3. The charge settlement host computer 1202, based on the information of the "card data D" and the "customer code E", stores the customer database 1208 of the company side database 1210.
Then, it searches the billing and settlement database 1209 and sends necessary information therefrom to a predetermined financial institution such as a bank or a credit company, and performs billing settlement for the customer. 3-7.4. Copyright Processing The host computer 1202 searches the music list database 1203 and the copyright database 1206 of the music database 1207 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 1206 of the music database 1207.
Sends necessary information to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing.

3-7.5 Mailing Operation The host computer 1202 searches the customer database 1208 of the company side database 1210 based on the information of the “customer code E”,
After printing the address label of the customer from the information and the like, packing the product, and then mailing the MD. As a result, the customer can receive the ordered MD. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a fourth embodiment of the personal music recording medium purchase system (hereinafter, abbreviated as “purchase system”) of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 32, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a home 2100
, A back channel company 2200 and a broadcasting station 2300. The home 2100 and the back channel company 2200 are connected by a telephone line (the Internet or a dedicated line) 2400. Also, the home 2100 and the broadcasting station 2300, and the back channel company 2200 and the broadcasting station 2300 are respectively satellite waves (which may be terrestrial waves and cables) 2401 and 2402.
402.

The home 2100 includes an MD production application reception system 2101 including a card reader and a PC TV, a music list database 2102 connected to the MD production application reception system 2101, a music data database 2103, and an index database 2104. Side database 2105, MD writer 2106 connected to home side database 2105, printer 2107 connected to home side database 2105, communication system 2108 connected to MD production application receiving system 2101, data broadcast receiving system 2109, home side A data broadcast decoder 2110 connected to the database 2105 is provided. The back channel company 2200 is connected to the home 2 via a telephone line or the like 2400.
100, a server client system (hereinafter referred to as a host computer) 2202 connected to the communication system 2201, a music list database 2203, a music data A music database 2207 including a database 2204, an index database 2205 and a copyright database 2206, and a customer database 2 connected to a host computer 2202;
Company side database 22 including 206 and billing settlement database 2207
10 is provided.

Broadcasting station 2300 communicates with back channel company 220 via satellite wave 2401.
Communication system 2301, communication system 2 connected to communication system 2201
301, a broadcast data transmission server 2303 connected to the broadcast data database 2302, a broadcast data transmission server 2303, and a data broadcast reception system 2 of the home 100 via a satellite wave 2402.
Each time the data broadcast encoder 109 is connected to the data broadcast encoder 109, the data broadcast encoder 2304 is provided. Before describing the configuration of FIG. 32, the features of the fourth embodiment will be described. The fourth embodiment is similar to the third embodiment described above, except that the home (
It is configured to create an MD at home, and that the latest music can be created by data broadcasting. The purchase system according to the fourth embodiment is a service for specific members: (1) a music list (song code) and music data are transmitted by a data broadcast from a broadcasting station 2300; (3) Copyright settlement processing is performed.

Next, preconditions in the fourth embodiment will be described. A. The music list database is stored on a hard disk in the PC TV (maintenance of the music list database is updated by a telephone line at midnight). B. A song list (song code) and song data (digital sound source) of the latest song come down to the PC TV through data broadcasting. Use a dedicated decoder. C. If you want to purchase the latest music, click the button during the main broadcast. At this time,
The music list (song code) is accumulated and sent to the host computer together with the member code. An authorization code is sent back from the host computer. The music data (sound source) is once stored on the hard disk, but is watermarked only by matching with the above-mentioned approval code, and is decrypted. Then, high-speed recording from the hard disk to the MD is performed only once.

Next, the operation of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. First, it is assumed that the record company M has produced, for example, a new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda. The record company M immediately registers the new song in the music database and deposits the song sound source (digital) on the same day. Then, a song code, 081AMDM029988, for the new song is given. Next, the record company M brings the promotion video of “Love you” provided with the music code 081AMDM029988 and the music sound source (digital) to, for example, the channel “Latest Music” dedicated to music distribution of JSKY B, thereby obtaining the channel “Latest Music”. ”And let's make Matsuda Seiko's new song“ Love you ”on air and at the same time, the song code 081AMDM0299
88 and a music sound source (digital) are transmitted in the data broadcasting band.

It is assumed that the channel “Latest Song” is turned on on the PC TV monitor, and the new song “Love you” by Seiko Matsuda is just on air. FIG. 33 shows a monitor screen of a PC TV in home 2100. here,
It is assumed that the scene of the song "Love you" of singer A (Seiko Matsuda in the above case) is playing in the main broadcast (in the above case, the channel "Latest Song" of J SKY B).

4-1. Acquisition The item display of “acquisition” and “application” is present on the monitor screen of the PC TV. Here, it is assumed that the item display of “acquisition” is blinking to indicate that direct reception is possible. By clicking or touching this blinking "acquisition" item display, the song code 081AM corresponding to the song "Love you" is displayed.
DM029988 and the music source (digital) are saved on the hard disk of the PC TV.

Similarly, the customer (member) receives the same main broadcast (J SKY B channel “Latest Song”).
In the middle), select the latest song "How to be a girl" by Namie Amuro, and store the song code and song sound source (digital) corresponding to this song on the hard disk of the PC TV.
In this way, it is assumed that several songs are acquired during the same main broadcast, and when the “latest song” is completed, song codes and song sound sources for five songs are stored on the hard disk of the PC TV. Therefore, in this example, the "song code group A" and the "song code group A"
A music sound source group α ”is created.

4-2. Application After completing the acquisition stage, the operation proceeds to an application operation as shown in FIG. By clicking (or touching) the item display of “application” on the monitor screen of the PC TV, the item display of “music”, “shopping”, and “ticket” appears on the monitor screen. Click the "" item. By clicking the item of "music", in this embodiment, a "song code group A" including a plurality of song codes (for example, five songs) and a "customer code E" are created. At the same time, the browser on the hard disk of the PC TV automatically starts up, and on the monitor screen, the display shows "acquisition confirmation / the song you have selected", followed by the song acquired as described above. . In this example, "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is my way of life PUFFY" In addition to the displayed music list, selection items of “sort”, “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

4-2.1. Sorting of songs To sort the order of the selected songs, touching "Sort" will show [] at the right end of each song as follows. "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro [] 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING [] 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN [] 5. This is the way I live PUFFY [] In the example of the figure, the first music and the third music are rearranged. Therefore, by inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the music is 3.2. .1.4
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item of "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching this "OK", the display returns to "Your selected song", and the order is changed as follows. The changed song is displayed.

“3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Amuro Namie 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is the Way I Live PUFFY” and Touch “OK” By doing, the display "The song you chose" is displayed as "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This will be renumbered and displayed as "PUFFY".

4-2.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching "Delete".
When you touch "Delete", the message "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4 CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is the track where my life is going to be PUFFY. A list of songs selected is displayed on the monitor screen, and "OK" selections are also displayed. Here, if you want to delete song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko, touch the corresponding part of the above display, the song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko part will be moved from the list, and only that part will be a new page As shown below, "Delete 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" is displayed along with the "OK" selection item. If "OK" is touched here, the monitor renumbers the music other than the deleted music and displays it again as follows. "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 4. This is the way I live PUFFY" 4-2.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the “Add” selection item, and the monitor will display “Add music” on the screen, and the “1-2. Music selection stage” described above. Return to the screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor. By touching the "end button" after performing the necessary operation in the above-mentioned stage, "song code group A" corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below. 4-3. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below.

4-3.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the above steps, the monitor screen is displayed with the text "Please choose your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 5 (see the first embodiment). One screen (that is, one page) shows nine types of jacket designs, and the jacket designs on the other pages are displayed on the monitor by touching the “previous” and “next” item displays. Is displayed. Of course, one screen (1
The number of types of jacket designs included in (Page) may be arbitrarily set. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

4-3.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the characters "Please enter an album title", "keyboard input", and "touch" as shown in FIG. 6 (see the first embodiment). The item "sensor input" is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time as touching either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item, the title of the album title is entered as “Album title should be“ LOVE FOR SALE ”.” And the like are sequentially displayed, and the items “change” and “OK” are simultaneously displayed. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

4-4. Final Confirmation Step When the above decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 7 (see the first embodiment) are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. If you touch the "OK" item display after making this final confirmation, the screen on the monitor will show, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen."
The fee of the MD to be created is displayed. 4-5. Payment Step Following the above step, the monitor screen displays, for example, "
How to pay? Are displayed, along with items such as "credit card", "prepaid card", and "bank withdrawal". Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

4-6. Transmission stage 5. When the payment step is completed, as shown in FIG. 36, the “song code group A”, “card data D” and “customer code E” created as described above
As shown in FIG. 3, the data is sent to the host computer 2202 provided in the back channel company 2200 via the communication system 2108, the telephone line 2400, and the communication system 2201.

4-6.1. The charge settlement host computer 2202 determines the customer database 2208 of the company side database 2210 based on the information of “card data D” and “customer code E”.
Then, it searches the billing settlement database 2209 and sends necessary information therefrom to a predetermined financial institution, such as a bank or a credit company, and performs billing settlement for the customer. 4-6.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 2202 searches the music list database 2203 and the copyright database 2206 of the music database 2207 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 2206 of the music database 2207.
Sends necessary information to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing.

4-7. As shown in FIG. 37, after the reception of the "song code group A", "card data D" and "customer code E" is confirmed by the host computer 2202 of the back channel company 2200, the host computer 2202 changes the "customer code E". Accompanying “approval code β” is home 21
00 PC TV. 4-8. As shown in FIG. 38, the “song source group α” stored in the hard disk of the PC TV in the home 2100 and the “authorization code” sent from the host computer 2202 of the back channel company 2200 in the above-mentioned encryption authentication stage If “β” matches, the desired music can be recorded on the MD (only once, with watermark). 4-9. MD board production work After completing the above steps, enter the MD production phase. An MD board production operation (that is, recording) is performed in the home 2100. 4-8. Music source group α decompressed by
Is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 2106.

4-10. Jacket production work In the home 2100, “Song code group A”, “Jacket design code B”
And the album title character data C, the jacket production work is also performed by the printer 2107. Here, first, based on the "song code group A",
The music list database 2103 of the home side database 2105 is searched,
The attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 2103 and the index database 2105, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, "Jacket Design Code B
”, The selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

In the above-described embodiments, the personal recording medium purchasing system, the personal recording medium purchasing method, and the case where the recording medium recording the personal recording medium purchasing program of the present invention is applied to music. However, the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention is not limited to only the above-mentioned music, and for example, uses a video or audio such as a movie as an information source, or uses an image or audio such as graphics. The present invention can also be applied to those using game software as an information source. Therefore, by using the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention, etc.,
The consumer can independently produce and purchase a recording medium that records only the information desired by the consumer from among these pieces of information.

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fifth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. Before describing the configuration of FIG. 39, the features of the fifth embodiment will be described. A major difference from the other embodiments described above is that the present embodiment utilizes an IC card (also referred to as a smart card). In the present embodiment, when listening to a music program such as an FM broadcast broadcast from a broadcasting station on a click radio to which an IC card can be attached and detached, when a favorite music is played, the IC card Is attached to the click radio, and information of the music (song code) is stored in an IC card storage device by pressing an acquisition button provided on the click radio, and the IC card storing the music code is stored in a convenience store or the like. Favorite songs (including songs heard in music programs) by bringing them to KIOSK
It is configured to be able to apply for the production of an MD composed of the above, and to purchase a customer's own MD.

The fifth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention having the configuration shown in FIG. 39 is as follows: (1) A click radio and an IC card are used. It is a service; (2) Only the music list (song code) is transmitted from the broadcasting station by data broadcasting; (3) Click when the desired music is playing while listening to the radio music program "J-WAVE SELECTION" etc. Click on the radio acquisition button; (4) If information on the desired song is stored on the IC card, access the host computer with the IC card at the store; (5) The compilation MD is delivered to the home; (6) Copyright and accounting settlement processing is performed; (7) In order to use this system, members are a) distributed by member registration B) The user has an IC card; b) The IC card is detachable, a music broadcast transmitted from a broadcasting station selected by the tuner can be received via an antenna, and a favorite song while listening to the music broadcast. That the user has a click radio equipped with a function to store the music code corresponding to the music on the IC card by mounting the IC card and clicking the acquisition button of the click radio when the music flows is necessary.

As shown in FIG. 39, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is the IC card 50.
00, Click Radio 5100, Store 5200, Back Channel Company 53
00 and a broadcasting station 5400. Although not shown, the IC card 5000 includes a CPU (central processing unit) and a storage device (such as an EPROM), and information about a member registration number (or a password unique to each member) can be stored in the IC card 5000 by member registration. Is configured to be stored in the storage device. Click radio 5100 is a tuner (not shown) that can select various broadcasting stations
And FM / AM broadcast and data broadcast broadcast from the broadcast station selected by the tuner (here, it is assumed that both FM / AM broadcast and data broadcast are transmitted using digital signals. A data broadcast receiving unit 5101 having a data broadcast receiving function including an antenna (not shown) for receiving an analog signal), connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 and received by the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 After the digital signal of the music program is decoded and converted into an analog signal, an analog music signal (hereinafter, music signal or Data broadcast decoder 510 having a function of reproducing music).
2. Digital tune code (hereinafter referred to as tune code) connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 and the data broadcast decoder 5102 and corresponding to the tune included in the data broadcast signal received by the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 Is stored in the IC card 5000.

The store 5200 is connected to an MD production application reception system 5201 including a monitor, an IC card reader, and a database search / application terminal (not shown), and is connected to the MD production application reception system 5201.
Control section 5202 for controlling the music code read from 000, and control section 5202
Is provided with a communication system 5203 connected to. The back channel company 5300 includes a communication system 5301 connected to the communication system 5203 of the store 5200 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like, a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 5302 connected to the communication system 5301, and a host computer. A music database 5307 including a music list database 5303, a music data database 5304, an index database 5305, and a copyright database 5306 connected to the music database 5302, and an MD writer 530 connected to the music database 5307
8. A printer 5309 connected to the music database 5307 and a company database 5312 connected to the host computer 5302 and including a customer database 5310 and a billing and settlement database 5311.

The broadcast station 5400 includes a communication system 5401 and a communication system 540 connected to the communication system 5301 of the back channel company 5300 via satellite waves or the like.
Data broadcast database 5402, data broadcast database 54 connected to
02, a data broadcast transmission server 5403, and a data broadcast transmission server 540
3 and a data broadcast encoder 5404 connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5102 of the click radio 5100 of the member listening to the music program via the satellite wave. The system shown in FIG. 39 is provided with a copyright database 5306 for storing information about copyright mainly concerning music in various countries of the world. This copyright database 530
6 stores information related to copyright rights related to music in particular, but is also configured to store copyright information related to other fields such as movies (mainly information related to copyright rights). You may.

The host computer 5302 stores the music information in the music list database 530.
3 and a request music discriminating unit 5314 having a function of registering in the music data database 5304. The request music discriminating unit 5314 is connected to an input / output (I / O) device 5313 via a communication system 5301. By inputting music information from the I / O device 5313, the lyricist, composer, and arranger, who are the copyright owner of the music, can communicate with the communication system 5.
The song information can be easily registered in the song list database 5303 and the song data database 5304 via the request song determination section 5314 and the song information 301. In addition, the host computer 5302 performs a music list / list based on the music used.
It has an applicable copyright-related information determining unit 5318 having a function of searching and determining a copyright related to music information registered in the database 5303 and the music data database 5304 from the copyright database 5306.

Further, the host computer 5302 includes a music use frequency counting unit 5316 having a function of counting the number of times the used music is used. The host computer 5302 has a function of determining a royalty distribution rate based on the information on the rights of the applied copyright determined by the applied copyright-related information determining unit 5318 and the information stored in the charging decision database. It has a loyalty determining unit 5319. The host computer 5302 collects a predetermined charge from the user of the music based on the counting result from the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the royalty distribution rate determined by the royalty determination unit 5319, and is used. A function is provided to return predetermined royalties to agents, such as music publishers and record companies, and copyright holders related to music. This function can be easily implemented by using an IC card.

Further, the charging and loyalty determining unit 5319 of the host computer 5302
Also has a function that can change the billing information based on the information on the purpose of use of the registered music. The music usage purpose determining unit 5315 of the host computer 5302 has a function of determining the usage purpose of the music to be used and storing the determination result for a predetermined period (until it becomes unnecessary). The customer certification unit 5317 of the host computer 5302 certifies the customer information input from the store 5200, the broadcasting station 5400, or the I / O device 5313 by referring to the customer database 5310, or needs new customer information. It has a function to store it in the customer database 5310 in response.

[0119] The I / O device 5313 can also be installed in the store 5200, the broadcasting station 5400, and the like. With such a configuration, users such as a broadcasting station can easily access a desired music, and a lyricist, a composer, and an arranger can register their copyrighted lyrics, score, etc. Becomes easier. Next, the operation of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 5-1. Acquisition Stage by IC Card As shown in FIG. 40, a member broadcasts a music program broadcasted from a broadcasting station 5400 by a click radio 5100, for example, a FM broadcast music program “J-WAVE SEL”.
It is assumed that the user is listening to “ECTION” (hereinafter referred to as a music program). Broadcasting station 5400, when a member is listening to a music program on click radio 5100,
For example, it is assumed that Seiko Matsuda's "Love you" is aired on-air and the music code 081AMDM029988 corresponding to the music is simultaneously broadcast in the data broadcasting band. When listening to a music program, members can listen to their favorite song, Seiko Matsuda's "Love
Since "you" is being broadcast, the IC card 5000 is inserted into the click radio 5100, and the acquisition button (not shown) is clicked. Song code 081AMDM029988 corresponding to Seiko Matsuda's "Love you" is clicked by clicking the acquisition button.
It is stored in the storage device of the card 5000.

[0120] Similarly, the member selected Namie Amuro's latest song "CAN YOU CELEBR" from another music program.
ATE "and the music code corresponding to this music is stored in the storage device of the IC card 5000. As shown in the flowchart of FIG. 41, the member acquires several songs from various music programs (
In step S1), an appropriate number of songs, for example, song codes for five songs, are stored in the storage device of the IC card 5000 (step S2), and the accumulation of song data (downloading of song codes) in the IC card 5000 ends (step S1). Step S3). When the above steps are completed, the user brings the IC card 5000 to the store 5200 and applies for an MD as described below.

5-2. Member Confirmation Stage As shown in FIG. 42, in the store 5200, the MD production application reception system 520
Touch the "Start" item display on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter simply referred to as a monitor) of No. 1 to switch on the purchasing system. "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please insert an IC card". Here, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 43, the store 5200 first performs a member authentication process (step S11). That is, as shown in FIG. 42, if the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his IC card 5000 into an IC card reader (not shown) of the MD production application receiving system 5201. After the IC card reader reads the IC card 5000, "Please enter your password" is displayed on the screen of the monitor. Based on the display, the member inputs a unique password that is different for each member. The password is input by touching a number and / or an alphabetic character displayed on the screen of the monitor.
The signal including the input password information and the signal including the member registration number information previously read from the IC card 5000 by the IC card reader are transmitted from the communication system 5203 via a telephone line, a dedicated line, or the Internet. Then, it is sent to the server client system (host computer) 5302 via the communication system 5301 of the back channel company 5300.

In the back channel company 5300, as shown in the flow of FIG. 45, the host computer 5302 receives a signal including password information and member registration number information transmitted from the store 5200 (step S21). Then, the customer management database 5310 of the company database 5312 is searched based on the received signal (step S22), and it is determined whether the customer is a valid member (step S22).
Step S23), the signal including the information of the matching result is transmitted to the communication system 53.
01, via the telephone line, the communication system 5203 of the store 5200, the control unit 52
02, and sends it to the MD production application receiving system 5201 (step S24). The host computer 5302 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member.

The MD production application receiving system 5201 of the store 5200 displays “OK” on the monitor screen if the customer is a valid member based on the signal including the received matching result information, and displays the invalid member. If it is, "Invalid" is displayed (Fig. 4
Step S12). If the security code is entered incorrectly during the above operation, "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the personal identification number may be input again.
In this case, as in the first embodiment, the number of re-inputs of the password may be limited from the viewpoint of security. Then, if "OK" is not displayed on the monitor screen within a predetermined number of times, the purchasing system may be automatically turned off.

5-3. Acquired song display stage In the above stage, if "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen, the monitor uses the song data stored on the IC card 5000 to correspond to the song data. Are displayed in a list (step S13 in FIG. 43).

That is, “OK” is displayed on the monitor screen, and at the same time, a “song code group A” and a “customer code E” including song codes of a plurality of songs (five songs in this example) are created. Then, on the screen of the monitor, as shown in FIG. 44, following the display of "acquisition confirmation / the music selected by you", the music acquired as described above is displayed. In this example, 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Acquired to the storage device of IC card 5000 like Hiromi Hirose A list of songs corresponding to the selected song code is displayed on the monitor, along with “Sort”, “Delete”, “Add”,
A selection item of “OK” is also displayed.

5-4. Music composition stage 5-4.1. Next, the procedure of rearranging the order of the selected music will be described with reference to FIG. 44 again. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, as shown below,
[] Is displayed at the right end of each song on the monitor screen. 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro [] 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING [] 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki [] 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose [] And the third song are rearranged. By inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the songs is 3.2.1.4.
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor.

[0127] The item "OK" is displayed on the screen of the monitor at the same time. When the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item "OK", the screen of the monitor is displayed as "You have selected." The song is returned to the display, and the songs whose order has been changed are displayed as follows. 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose 1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 3. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy Ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose Is done.

5-4.2. Song preview confirmation stage Before creating an MD based on the songs listed with the indication "The song you chose", to check whether those songs are actually what the member wants , The first song "1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE T
It is necessary to actually listen to a part of each song of "5 PROMISE Kami Hirose" which is the fifth song from "HING". When the member turns on the music listening device (not shown) installed in the MD production application receiving system 5201 of the store 5200 and attaches the headphones connected to the music listening device to the ear, the member can monitor the device. A part of the lyrics and / or melody of each song listed on the screen can be heard through the headphones, and a point in the list displayed on the monitor screen corresponding to the song flowing from the headphones is highlighted by a tone. Can be visually confirmed by referring to the location. This operation can be easily performed by synchronizing the music signal and the signal for displaying the music list displayed on the monitor. Based on the result of the music sample listening confirmation step, it is possible to execute the steps of “deletion” and / or “addition” as described below as necessary.

5-4.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching the item of “delete”. If you touch the item of "Delete", "Touch the song you want to delete"
1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 3. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. On the screen, and the selection item of "OK" is also displayed at the same time.

Here, when deleting “2. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko” in the music list,
When you touch the corresponding song display area on the monitor screen, the song "2.
The part "Seiko Matsuda" is moved from the list, and only that part is displayed on a new page as "Delete 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" with a selection of "OK" as follows on the monitor screen. You. If the user touches the "OK" item, the screen of the monitor re-numbers the songs other than the deleted song and displays the same again as follows. 1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 3. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 4. PROMISE Kami Hirose

5-4.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the "Add" selection item and the monitor screen will display "Add music" and the other embodiments described above, for example,
The screen returns to the "music selection stage" screen shown in the embodiment. Then, as described above, a new song can be added by operating a necessary procedure while watching the screen of the monitor. After performing necessary operations in the music composition stage, by touching the item of "end button" on the screen, "music code group A" corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the item of "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage, as described below.

5-5. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below. 5-5.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the above steps, as shown in FIG. 43, the screen of the monitor is displayed with a text "Please select your favorite jacket", and in this example, one screen (ie, one page) 9 shows designs of jackets, and jacket designs of other pages are displayed on the monitor by touching “previous” and “next” item displays, respectively. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily.

In this example, the design located at the bottom of the center column of the left jacket column shown in FIG. 46 is selected by touching the monitor, and then “OK”
", The" jacket design code B "corresponding to the selected jacket design is generated. 5-5.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design is completed, the monitor screen displays, as shown in FIG. Done. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, as soon as one of the items of “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” is touched, “Album title is“ NEW
Passion is fine. ", And the characters of the album title and the like, which are input, are sequentially displayed, and the items" change "and" OK "are simultaneously displayed. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

5-6. Final Confirmation Step Upon completion of the decoration step, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 48 are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, "Album title", "Jacket"
And the contents of each item of “selected song” are displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the "OK" item display after the final confirmation, the price of the MD you are trying to create is displayed on the monitor screen, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen." Is

5-7. Payment Stage In this embodiment, the bank is automatically debited with electronic money of the "IC card" type. As shown in FIG. 49, the credit information is read from the storage device of the IC card 5000 by the IC card read, and a signal including the credit information is sent to the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 to perform the approval data receiving process ( Step S31), based on the received approval data, the customer database 5310, the billing settlement database 53
11 to perform a credit approval process (step S32), and transmits the result to the store 5200 to perform an approval result transmission process (step S33). These processes (steps S31 to S33) are executed to create “card data D”.

5-8. Transmission Step After the payment step is completed, as shown in FIGS. 50 and 51, the “song code group A”, “jacket design code B”, “album title character data C”, "Card data D" and "customer code E" are shown in FIG.
9 via a communication system 5203, a telephone line, and a communication system 5301 to a host computer 5302 provided in the back channel company 5300. 5-8.1. The charge settlement host computer 5302 stores the customer database 5310 in the company database 5312 based on the information of the “card data D” and the “customer code E”.
Then, the charge settlement database 5311 is searched and necessary information is sent to a predetermined financial institution such as a bank or a credit company, and the charge settlement of the customer is performed (steps S41 to S42 in FIG. 51). 5-8.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 5302 searches the music list database 5303 and the copyright database 5306 of the music database 5307 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 5306 of the music database 5307.
And sends necessary information to JASRAC, HARRY FOX, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing (step S43 in FIG. 51).

5-9. MD board production work After completing each of the above steps, enter the MD production phase. In this embodiment, the MD board production work, that is, the recording is performed by the back channel company 5300 (step S44 in FIG. 51). The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 5304 of the music database 5307 is searched, a music piece corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 5304, and the selected music piece is read by the MD writer. By 5308, high-speed recording is performed on the MD.

5-10. Jacket Production Work The back channel company 5300 also performs a jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) by the printer 5309 based on the “song code group A”, the “jacket design code B”, and the “album title character data C”. Will be Here, the music data database 5304 of the music database 5307 is first searched based on the “music code group A”, and the music list database 5303 is searched.
Then, the attribute of each song is selected from the index database 5305, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket. 5-11. Mailing work The host computer 5302 searches the customer database 5310 of the company side database 5312 based on the information of the “customer code E”,
After printing the address label of the customer from the information and the like, packing the product, and then mailing the MD. As a result, the member can receive the ordered MD. FIG.
Is a summary of the processing described above in the fifth embodiment.

By using the system of the present invention, various rights related to the copyright of music as described above can be efficiently handled as described below. FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a configuration of a main part of a server client system which is a part of the back channel company in all the embodiments described above. 39, an I / O (input / output) device is connected to the communication system 5301. Hereinafter, the configuration of the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 will be described with reference to FIG. The host computer 5302 determines whether or not the music requested by the member is already registered in the system based on the information on the music included in the signal transmitted from the store, by using the music list database 5303 and the music data database 5304. And a request music discriminating unit 5314 which is connected to the request music discriminating unit 5314 for searching and discriminating the requested music. If it is determined that the requested music is already registered in the system, the purpose of use of the requested music is The song usage purpose determining unit 5315, the song database (song list database 5303 and the song data database 5304), the song usage purpose determining unit 5315, and the copyright-related database (the index database 5305 and the copyright database 530) ), And retrieves a copyright-related database based on the information about the use purpose of the music determined by the music usage purpose determination unit 5315 and the requested music stored in the music data and applies the search to the requested music. And an applied copyright-related information determining unit 5318 for determining copyright-related information to be performed.

The host computer 5302 is connected to the communication system 5301 and counts the number of times the requested song has been used. The song count counter 5316, the song count counter 5316, the applicable copyright-related information determination unit 5318, and A billing and loyalty determining unit 5319 connected to the billing settlement database 5311 and deciding billing and royalties for the requested music based on the number of times of use of the music, applied copyright-related information, and billing settlement information is provided. I have. The host computer 5302 is connected to the communication system 5301 and the customer database 5310, and includes information included in the signal transmitted from the store and customer information stored in the customer database 5310 (mainly information on members, lyricists, composers, etc.). , Arranger information, record companies, music publishers, entertainment productions,
And the like, and confirms whether or not the person who has requested the music is a member, based on the information on the agent, and transmits necessary member information to the customer database 5.
The system further includes a customer certifying unit 5317 for sending the read data from the 310 to the communication system 5301. The I / O device 5313 is configured to input / output a signal including information different from information input from the store 5200.

In this embodiment, the I / O device 5313 is configured so that an IC card (smart card) can be inserted / removed, but the present invention is not limited to this format. From an I / O device 5313 using an IC card: 1. Registration of lyrics from the lyricist; 2. registration of a composition from the composer; 3. Arrangement from the arranger; 4. Request music from people who want to use the music (other than those who want to create MD), register the music and purpose of use; 5. Registration of the number of times the requested song has been used by the song user (other than the MD creation applicant); and 6. Output of billing information to music use applicants using the music; 7. Output of royalty payment information to the lyricist; 8. Output of royalty payment information to the composer; 9. Output of royalty payment information to the arranger; 10. Output of payment information to each agent; It is possible to easily register the latest information in the copyright-related information databases 5305 and 5306 relating to the copyright-related information. At the time of registration, security may be ensured using an encryption technique.

Further, a card reader having an IC card reading / writing function is installed in a music reproducing apparatus used when using music, and a predetermined IC card (member registered) is inserted into the card reader. Otherwise, by configuring the music playback device not to function, the number of times of use of music used in a broadcasting station or a karaoke bar can be automatically written into an IC card by a card reader, and information on the number of use of music can be stored. It can be stored in an IC card. Then, by inserting the IC card storing the information on the number of times of use of the music into another card reader for IC card installed in the I / O device and reading the information on the number of times of use of the stored music, the illegal operation of the music is performed. The use of the music can be prevented, and the payment of an appropriate charge for the used music and the return of royalties can be performed.

At this time, the data broadcast signal transmitted to the broadcasting station or the karaoke bar includes a portion including information on the song itself, a portion including information on a song code corresponding to the song, and information on the number of times of use of the song. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may have the part containing. Of these, the portion including the information on the song code corresponding to the song and the portion including the information on the number of times of use are incorporated into the data broadcast signal by using a technique such as so-called “digital watermarking”. It is possible to prevent improper behavior by the user. Here, regarding the copyright regarding music, the cases in Japan and the United States will be schematically described, respectively, and by using the system of the present invention shown in FIGS. 39 and 53,
The fact that complex copyrights can be handled efficiently is described below.

In Japan, there can be three copyright holders when roughly classified with respect to music: 1. Lyricist, composer, arranger, music publisher (copyright holder) 2. Artist (neighboring copyright holder) Record Creator (Adjacent Copyright Owner) As an example of the copyright that the copyright owner may have, the song "Red Sweet Pe" by Seiko Matsuda will be described (arranger's description is omitted). (1) Genre Japanese music (2) Music name Red sweet pea (3) Artist Seiko Matsuda (4) Lyricist Takashi Matsumoto (5) Composer Karuho Kureda (6) Production date July 1, 1982 (7) Master production Japan (8) Master creator Sun Music Publishing (9) Record maker Sony Music Entertainment (10) Representative publisher Japan (11) Representative publisher Sun Music Publishing (12) Copyright management organization a. Right to record (optional) b. Performance rights (optional) In this example, there are two copyright holders for the lyrics and composition: the lyricist Takashi Matsumoto and the composer Karuho Kureta (known better as Yumi Matsutoya). Artist Seiko Matsuda is a copyright holder (described below).

1. The lyricist, Takashi Matsumoto, and the composer, Karuho Kureda, As the author's moral rights: (a1) the right to publish; (a2) the right to display the name; when this song is broadcasted on a television music program, request that the name of the lyricist / composer, Karuta Kureda be displayed. (A3) Right of preserving identity; possesses the right to request that a song replacement be not broadcast when it is broadcast on a television or radio program.

B. As the copyright (property) rights: (b1) the right to copy; the exclusive right to copy songs to records, tapes, videos, etc. (b2) the right to perform; the exclusive right to play songs at concerts, karaoke, etc. (b3) public transmission Right; Exclusive right to broadcast and transmit music on TV, radio, cable broadcasting, Internet, etc. (b4) Rental right; Exclusive right to lend a copy of the music to the public (b5) Right to adapt; Translate and arrange music (B6) Right to use secondary works; Exclusive right to use adapted songs (b7) Claim for compensation for private recordings; Compensation for private reproduction by digital devices You have the right to claim money.

[0147] 2. Artist Seiko Matsuda (and the accompaniment group of the song) has the following copyright rights: (c1) Recording and video recording rights; Exclusive right to record and video the artist's performance (c2) Broadcasting rights Cable broadcasting right; Exclusive right to broadcast artist's performance and cable broadcasting (c3) Rental right; Exclusive right to rent a commercial record on which the performance is recorded to the public (one year after release by a Cabinet Order) (c4) The right to transmit; exclusive right to upload the artist's performance to the server; (c5) the right to charge secondary usage of the commercial record; if the commercial record in which the performance is recorded is used by broadcast or cable broadcast, Right to claim secondary usage fee (c6) Rental remuneration claim right; commercial records that record performances that have passed one year after release have been loaned When used Ri, right (c7) such compensation claims capable claim remuneration; right 3 may claim a compensation for private copying by digital equipment. The creator of the record, that is, the maker of the master tape (hereinafter, referred to as the master) has the following copyright right as well as the artist: (d1) Copying right; duplicating the master to manufacture records, videos, etc. Exclusive rights (d2) Lending rights; Exclusive rights to lend the commercial record whose master copy has been duplicated to the public (one year after release according to the Cabinet Order) (d3) Right to enable transmission; Upload artist's performance to server Exclusive rights (d4) Right to claim secondary usage fees for commercial records; Right to claim secondary usage fees when a commercial record whose master is duplicated is used by broadcasting or cable broadcasting (d5) ) Loan remuneration claim right; the right to claim a remuneration if a commercial record that has been copied from the original one year after its release is used by lending ( 6) Right to Claim Compensation for Private Recording and Recording; Right to Claim Compensation for Private Copying by Digital Equipment Returning to FIGS. 39 and 53, the operation of the system of the present invention, in particular, its copyright The operation of the information flow related to is described.

When the member listened to the radio music program on the click radio 5100, the song “Red Sweet Pea” by Seiko Matsuda was heard, so the IC card 5000 was clicked. Consider a case in which the music code 081AMDM029998 of the music “Red Sweet Pea” is stored in the storage device of the card 5000 (only one music is stored for the sake of simplicity). The member brings the IC card 5000 in which the music code is stored to the store 5200 and sends the IC card 5 to the IC card reader of the MD production application receiving system 5201.
Insert 000 and apply for MD production. The control unit 5202 stores the music code 081AMDM read by the IC card reader.
A signal including the information of 029998 is transmitted to the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 through the communication systems 5203 and 5301.

In the host computer 5302 that has received the signal, the requested music discriminating unit 5314 first searches the music databases 5303 and 5304 based on the information of the music code 081AMDM029998, and determines whether the requested music is registered in the system. Is determined. Here, it is assumed that “registered” has been determined. Next, the music use purpose determining unit 5315 determines the use purpose of the requested music based on the music use purpose information included in the signal. Here, when the signal is sent from the store 5200, the information “Personal recording on MD” is added, so the music use purpose is determined to be “Personal recording on MD”. You. Next, the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 searches the music data 5303 and 5304 based on the information of the music usage purpose “Personal recording on MD”, and from the above information, (3) Artist Seiko Matsuda (4) Lyricist Takashi Matsumoto (5) Composer Karuho Kureda (7) Master recording place Japan (8) Master recording maker Sun Music Publishing (9) Record creator Get information on Sony Music Entertainment and copyright Search the related databases 5305 and 5306,

1. (A1) Right to publish; (a2) Right to display name; (a3) Right to maintain identity; (b1) Right to copy; (b2) (B3) the right to send; (b4) the right to adapt; (b6) the right to use secondary works; (b7) the right to claim compensation for private recordings;

[0151] 2. (C1) Recording and video recording rights; (c2) Broadcasting and cable broadcasting rights; (c3) Lending rights; (c4) Transmission enabling rights; (c5) Commercial (C6) Rental remuneration claim; (c7) Private recording and video recording compensation claim information;

[0152] 3. (D1) right to copy; (d2) right to rent; (d3) right to enable transmission; (d4) request for secondary use of commercial records (D5) Request for loan remuneration; (d6) Claim for private recording and compensation.

Here, it is assumed that the broadcaster has registered use of the music radio program from the I / O device 5313 before broadcasting it. The appropriate copyright-related information determination unit 5318 determines an appropriate right based on the information of “personal recording on MD” among the above-mentioned copyright-related information. Next, the music use frequency counting unit 5316 counts the number of times the music is used. The billing and loyalty determining unit 5319 stores the billing and settlement database 5311 based on the information of the result counted by the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the copyright information determined by the applied copyright related information determining unit 5318. The communication system 5301 searches, calculates billing and royalties, and uses the calculated results.
Via the I / O device 5313, and outputs information on royalties to each copyright holder and each agent.

In the above example, since the copyright is within the scope of Japan, only the copyright needs to be considered in relation to the Japanese copyright. Copyrights for Japanese music are generally owned by JASRAC (Japanese Society for Rights of Authors, Composers and Publishers).
). JASRAC receives the trust of music copyright holders, grants licenses to music users, and collects and distributes royalties. Therefore,
If all the copyright holders are registered members of JASRAC, each of the above rights items (a
Items 1) to (d6) can be simplified by the item "JASRAC registered member", and the operations and functions of the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 and the charging and royalty determination unit 5319 can be further simplified. it can.

Next, the copyright in the United States will be schematically described. U.S. copyright can be divided into five rights, as follows: 1. right to reproduce; 2. right to distribute; 3. right to prepare derative works; 4. Right to perform; and Right to display US copyright does not include the equivalent of the moral rights of the Japanese writer (no statutory provisions) and the neighboring rights. Here, the US copyright on music will be described in comparison with the Japanese copyright on music.

In Japan, the subject of copyright, that is, a work is music (lyrics and melodies), and therefore the lyricist and composer have copyright, and the record creator and artist have copyright rights. have. On the other hand, in the United States, the subject of copyright, i.e., a work, is a record, and copyright is considered in practice as described below. 1. Music publishers (representing lyricists and composers): (f1) performance rights (performance rights); (f2) mechanical rights (a type of reproduction right); record rights (f3) synchronization rights (adaptation rights) (F4) Publication right (a type of publishing right); right to publish music scores, etc. for records. 2. The record company has (g1) rights for sound recordings; (g2) performance rights (but limited to digital) for records.

Here, as an example, consider a song “LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER” by BON JOVI. (1) Genre Western music (2) Song name LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER (3) No subtitle (4) Japanese title Living on a player (5) Artist BON JOVI (6) Lyricist BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD ( (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (7) Composer BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (8) Production date 1986 (9) Master recording country United States (10) First issue Geography America (11) Master copy holder POLYGRAM RECORDS, INC. (12) Licensee Polygram Inc. (13) ORIGINAL PUBLISHER BON JOVI PUBLISHING AGGRESSIVE MUSIC DESMOBILE INC. (14) FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC. EMI APRIL MUSIC INC. (15) SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM MUSIC JAPAN INC. MUSIC PUBLISHING CO., LTD

First, as a lyricist / composer, BON JOVI uses PUBLISHER (eg, ORIG
Contract with INAL PUBLISHER, such as BON JOVI PUSBLISHING, and FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER, such as POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC.). PUBLISHER (hereinafter referred to as music publisher), as mentioned above, BON JOV
Regarding the music of I, (f1) performance right, (f2) mechanical right, (f3)
) Has a synchronization right and (f4) a publication right. On the other hand, BON JOVI as an artist makes a contract with a record company (for example, Polygram). The record company has (g1) sound recording rights and (g2) performance rights (limited to digital ones). In the United States, performance rights are generally managed by organizations such as ASCAP, BMI, and SESAC, and the affiliated organizations collect royalties from television stations, radio stations, nightclubs, and the like. Synchronization rights are controlled by the music publisher, and mechanical rights are controlled by the music publisher independently,
Or it is managed by Harry Fox Agency (hereinafter, Harry Fox).

Harry Fox is a member of the NMPA (NATIONAL MUSIC PU
BLISHERS ASSOCIATION)), which manages copyrights and represents about 13,000 music publishers. Regarding mechanical rights, a predetermined amount is collected per record based on Article 115 of the US Copyright Act. Thus, regarding mechanical rights, Harry Fox collects a predetermined amount from a record company and hands it to a music publisher, who pays the lyricist / composer according to the contract. On the other hand, synchronization rights are determined on a negotiation basis. The artist also receives artist loyalty from the record company on a negotiation basis for one record.

As described above, the content of the copyright of music differs from country to country. Therefore, the royalties returned to lyric writers, composers, arrangers and artists generally depend on the rights held by each right holder defined by the copyright of each country. However, in practice, many lyricists, composers, arrangers, and artists
Belongs to certain agents, such as music publishers, record companies, entertainment productions, etc., and those agents act on their behalf to the appropriate rightful lyricists, composers, arrangers and artists. Each of them pays royalties. As described above, services provided by agents such as record companies and music publishers also have specific rights, and royalties are paid to the agents according to the services.

In the case of a lyricist, a composer, an arranger, or an artist who does not belong to the above-mentioned agents, negotiation of payment of royalties to the user is carried out independently on the basis of each right. I do. Here, BON JOV using the system of the present invention shown in FIGS. 39 and 53 again.
The case where the song I is "recorded on MD" will be described. When the member listens to the radio music program on the click radio 5100, the song "LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER" of BON JOVI was played.
Click to insert into radio 5100 and click the acquire button to get IC card 50
Consider a case in which the music code of the music piece “LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER” is stored in the storage device 00 (for the sake of simplicity, it is assumed that only one music piece is stored as in the previous case).

The member brings the IC card 5000 in which the music code is stored to the store 5200, and inserts the IC card 5 into the IC card reader of the MD production application receiving system 5201.
Insert 000 and apply for MD production. The control unit 5202 transmits a signal including the information of the music code read by the IC card reader to the back channel company 530 through the communication systems 5203 and 5301.
0 to the host computer 5302. In the host computer 5302 that has received the signal, first, the requested music discriminating unit 5314 determines the music database 5303, 530 based on the music code information.
4 to determine whether the requested song is registered in the system. Here, it is assumed that “registered” has been determined. Next, the music use purpose determining unit 5315 determines the use purpose of the requested music based on the music use purpose information included in the signal. Here, when the signal is sent from the store 5200, the information “Personal recording on MD” is added, so the music use purpose is determined to be “Personal recording on MD”. You. Next, the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 searches the music data 5303 and 5304 based on the information of the music usage purpose “Personal recording on MD”, and from the above information, (5) Artist BON JOVI (6) Lyricist BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (7) Composer BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) 1986 (9) United States of America where the master is produced (10) First issue United States (11) Owner of the original master POLYGRAM RECORDS, INC. (12) Licensee Polygram Inc. (13) ORIGINAL PUBLISHER BON JOVI PUBLISHING AGGRESSIVE MUSIC DESMOBILE INC. (14) FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC. EMI APRIL MUSIC INC. (15) SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM MUSIC JAPAN INC. Get the information of MUSIC PUBLISHING CO., LTD and

Searching the copyright-related databases 5305 and 5306, 1. Information related to copyrights owned by the music publisher, (f1) performance rights, (f2) mechanical rights, (f3) synchronization rights, and (f4) publication rights. The copyright related rights of the record company (Sony Records), (g1) sound recording right, (g2) performance right (however, limited to digital ones) are determined. Here, it is assumed that the broadcaster has already registered use of the music radio program from the I / O device 5313 before broadcasting it.

The appropriate copyright-related information determination unit 5318 determines an appropriate right from the above-mentioned copyright-related information based on the information of “personal recording on MD”. Here, the information necessary as the copyright-related information for the personal recording of the MD is only the recording right of the copyright owner and the duplication right of the record creator. Next, the music use frequency counting unit 5316 counts the number of times the music is used. The billing and loyalty determining unit 5319 stores the billing and settlement database 5311 based on the information of the result counted by the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the copyright information determined by the applied copyright related information determining unit 5318. The communication system 5301 searches, calculates billing and royalties, and uses the calculated results.
Via the I / O device 5313, and to the music publishers and record companies in the United States, such as the Internet Use it to output information about royalties.

As described above, by using the system of the present invention, it is possible to easily license music in Japan and other countries (eg, the United States),
Payment of royalties to copyright holders for the use of the song can be made easily and accurately on a global scale. (Note that the above-mentioned BON JOV
In the case of the song I, since the record company and the music publisher that manage the song of BON JOVI exist in Japan, the royalty calculation result may be sent to those agents. ) If there is no agent or record company in Japan for the song for which you want to obtain a license, the use of the system of the present invention requires that the song be registered in the system of the present invention. Based on this, it is possible to easily license the music and pay the royalty to the copyright holder for the use of the music as appropriate. If the music has not been registered in the system of the present invention, a license for the music can be obtained by having the copyright owner register the music from the I / O device.

FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of a sixth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. In the sixth embodiment, similarly to the above-described fifth embodiment, a member uses an IC card to play a music program such as an FM broadcast broadcasted from a broadcasting station on a click radio with a removable IC card. When a favorite song is played while listening, the information (song code) of the song is stored in an IC card storage device by pressing an acquisition button provided on the click radio, and the song code is stored. Convenience of IC card
By bringing it to KIOSK in a store or the like, you can apply for the production of an MD composed of your favorite songs (including songs you heard in music programs) and at the same time,
Is configured so that it can be purchased directly.

The sixth embodiment uses (1) a click radio and an IC card and is a service for specific members; and (2) only a music list (song code) is transmitted from a broadcasting station by data broadcasting. (3) While listening to the radio music program "J-WAVE SELECTION", etc., click the acquisition button of the click radio when the desired song is playing; (4) Information of the desired song is stored in the IC card for several songs If accumulated, access the host computer with an IC card at the store; (5) After completing the application for MD production and after a predetermined period of time, you can receive the compilation MD at the store; (6) Copyright settlement processing is performed; (7) In order to use this system, the member: a) possesses an IC card distributed by member registration B) When the IC card is detachable and the user listens to the music broadcast, by clicking the acquisition button, the user can receive the music flowing from the music broadcast and the music code corresponding to the music, and It is necessary to have a click radio provided with an input function capable of storing the music code of the received music on an IC card.

As shown in FIG. 54, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is the IC card 6
000, Click Radio 6100, Store 6200, Back Channel Company 6
300 and a broadcasting station 6400. The IC card 6000 includes a CPU and a storage device such as an EPROM (not shown).
It is stored in the storage device of the card 6000. The click radio 6100 is connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 6101 and the data broadcast receiving unit 6101 having the FM / AM broadcast receiving function, and is connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 61.
01, a data broadcast decoder 6102 having a function of reproducing an analog music signal so that the user can listen to the music program via earphones, speakers, etc. (not shown) by decoding a digital signal of the music program received The IC card 60 is connected to the broadcast receiving unit 6101 and the data broadcast decoder 6102, and stores the music code of the music selected by the member who listened to the music through the earphone or the speaker.
00 is provided with a control unit 6103 for storing the data in the “00”.

The store 6200 is a KIOSK similarly to the fifth embodiment described above, and includes a monitor, an IC card reader, and an MD including a database search / application terminal (not shown).
It is connected to the production application receiving system 6201 and the MD production application receiving system 6201, and the music list database 6202 and the music data database 6
Store side database 62 including 203 and index database 6204
05, an MD writer 6206 connected to the store side database 6205, a printer 6207 connected to the store side database 6205, a control unit 6208 connected to the MD production application receiving system 6201, a communication system 6209 connected to the control unit 6208, Data broadcast receiving system 621 connected to control unit 6208
0, and the data broadcast decoder 621 connected to the store side database 6205
1 is provided.

The back channel company 6300 includes a communication system 6301 connected to the communication system 6209 of the store 6200 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like, and a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 6302 connected to the communication system 6301. , A music database 6307 including a music list database 6303, a music data database 6304, an index database 6305, and a copyright database 6306, and a customer database 6308 and a billing settlement connected to the host computer 6302. A company side database 6310 including a database 6309 is provided. The broadcasting station 6400 includes a communication system 6401 and a communication system 640 connected to the communication system 6301 of the back channel company 6300 via satellite waves or the like.
1 connected to the data broadcasting / database 6402, the data broadcasting sending server 6403 connected to the data broadcasting / database 6402, and the data broadcasting sending server 6
Click radio 6100 for members listening to music programs via 403 and satellite waves
And a data broadcast encoder 6404 connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 6102.

Next, the operation of the sixth embodiment will be described. The description of the same operation as that of the above-described fifth embodiment will be omitted, and only the parts unique to the sixth embodiment will be described. . 6-1. Acquisition step by IC card (Description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-2. Member confirmation stage (The description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-3. Acquired music display stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4. Music composition stage 6-4.1. Rearrangement of music pieces (Description is omitted because it is in accordance with the fifth embodiment). 6-4.2. Music preview listening confirmation stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.3. Deletion of music (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.4. Addition of music (Description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.5. Jacket design selection (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.5. Album title input (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-5. Final confirmation stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-6. Payment stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-7. MD production stage

6-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above-mentioned steps 1 to 6, the process enters the MD production phase. MD board production work (
That is, recording is performed in KIOSK, that is, in a store 6200 such as a convenience store or a gas station. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 6203 of the store-side database 6205 is searched, a music piece corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 6203, and the selected music pieces are selected. Is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 6206.

6-7.2. Jacket production work In the store 6200, a jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 6207 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". . Here, first,
Based on the "song code group A", the song list database 6202 of the store side database 6205 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 6202 and the index database 6204, and the information is stored in a predetermined location on the jacket. Is printed on , The attribute of each song is selected, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. And
Based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

When the MD board production work and the jacket production work are completed, the customer
A desired MD can be obtained at a store 6200 such as KIOSK. 6-8. Transmission Step After completing the payment step, simultaneously with the above-mentioned MD production step, the “song code group A”, “card data D” and “customer code E” created as described above are transmitted to the communication system 6203, The information is sent to the host computer 6302 provided in the back channel company 6300 via the telephone line and the communication system 6301.

6-9 Back Channel Company Work Stage 6-9.1. Charge settlement (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-9.2. Copyright processing (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-10. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain information on new music (music list, music data, index, etc.). These pieces of information are transmitted from the broadcasting station 6100 to the store 6200 by satellite waves or the like. The back channel company 6300 transmits the latest music list, music data, and index information to the music database 6307 by the host computer 6302.
From the music list database 6303, the music data database 6304, and the index database 6305, and the information of the broadcast station 6100 is transmitted from the communication system 6301 to the broadcast station 6100 by satellite waves (which may be a telephone line or a dedicated line). Transmit to the system 6101.

At the broadcasting station 6100, the received latest music list, music data, and index information are stored in the broadcast data database 6102. The broadcast data transmission server 6103 sends the latest music list, music data, and index information stored in the broadcast data database 6102 to the data broadcast encoder 6104,
The data broadcast encoder 6104 converts the information into a transmission signal by encoding the information, and then transmits the information to the data broadcast reception system 6209 of the store 6200 by satellite waves or the like. Data broadcast receiving system 62 of store 6200 that has received the encoded signal
09 transmits these signals to the data broadcast decoder 6210, decodes (decodes) the transmitted signals, reads the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information. The respective information is stored in the database 6202, the music data database 6203, and the index database 6204.

Thus, the store 6200 always stores the latest music information, and is configured to be able to respond to customer needs.

In the above embodiment, the IC card is applied to the portable click radio. However, the form of the radio may be, for example, an IC card applicable car radio, or an IC card applicable home / office stationary radio. It may be.

Further, the system of the present invention can be similarly applied to an IC card applicable television set and an IC card applicable personal computer.

Further, according to the present invention, music programs are broadcasted by radio from a broadcasting station by cable broadcasting.
You may comprise so that it may be transmitted to a broadcast receiver, such as a television.

The system of the present invention can be applied to music programs broadcast from the television and / or radio broadcasting stations in the air (ie, radio waves) or via cables.

FIG. 55 shows another embodiment of a music database according to the present invention, configured in a manner similar to that shown in FIG. 1, with further features detailed below.

Since the basic components are the same as those shown in FIG. 11, the main components shown in FIG. 55 are almost the same, but the contents are different as can be understood from the following description.

As shown in FIG. 55, the music database of this embodiment has (1) a music attribute, and (2)
It includes five categories: master right, (3) copyright, (4) score, and (5) sound source. Hereinafter, each of the categories will be described in detail. However, since the volume of the database is very large, these details are not shown in FIG. Therefore, only the main parts of the content are shown in FIG. 55, each main part including the layers described below, having the same numbers as shown. In other words, the music database of this embodiment is configured with the following layers. (1) Song attribute (1) -1 Song code Unique code assigned to a specific song For example, a completely different code is assigned to a version-changed song for a version-changed song. In addition, songs that mix down the same sound material again,
It is considered to be a different song, so new chords are played. (1) -2 Music name Domestic / Foreign name (1) -3 Music fraction (1) -4 Artist data a) Main artist a-1) Main artist code; Indicates the main artist who sings / performs music code. a-2) Name of main artist; name of main artist who sings / performs music. a-3) Code representing the company to which the main artist belongs; Company code when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. a-4) Name representing the company to which the main artist belongs; Company name when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. a-5) A code representing the organization to which the principal artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; the artist belongs as an individual artist, or the company belongs if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist Organization code. a-6) name representing the organization to which the principal artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; the artist belongs as an individual artist or the company belongs if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist The name of the organization. b) Secondary Artist b-1) Secondary Artist Code; A code representing the secondary artist who sings / performs the music. b-2) Secondary artist name; The name of the secondary artist who sings / performs the music. b-3) A code representing the company to which the subordinate artist belongs; a company code when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. b-4) A name representing the company to which the subordinate artist belongs; a company name when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. b-5) A code representing the organization to which the subordinate artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; if the artist belongs as an individual artist, or if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist, The code of the organization to which you belong. b-6) a name representing the organization to which the subsidiary artist or the company associated with the artist belongs; if the artist belongs as an individual artist, or the artist is affiliated with the company rather than as an individual artist, The name of the organization to which you belong. c) Engineer staff c-1) Engineer staff code; A code representing a mixer engineer staff who produces music. c-2) Name of engineer staff; Name of mixer engineer staff who produces music. c-3) Code representing the company to which the engineer staff belongs; Company code when the engineer staff does not independently operate and belongs to a company. c-4) A name representing the company to which the engineer staff belongs; a company name when the engineer staff does not independently operate and belongs to a company. c-5) A code representing the organization to which the engineer staff or the company associated with the engineer staff belongs; if the artist belongs as an individual artist or if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist. The code of the organization to which the company belongs. c-6) A name representing the organization to which the engineer staff belongs or the company associated with the engineer staff belongs; the engineer staff belongs as individual engineer staff, or the engineer staff as individual engineer staff. The name of the organization to which the company belongs if it is related to the company instead.

(2) Information on master right (2) -1 Representative master owner code: code of the music piece owner. (2) -2 Representative master disk owner name: The name of the owner of the music. (2) -3 Representative original disk owner company code: The code of the company that owns the music or the company that makes a contract with the owner. (2) -4 Representative master disk ownership company name: The name of the company that owns the music or the company that has a contract with the owner. (2) -5 A code indicating the organization to which the representative master owner belongs or the company related to the representative master owner belongs; the representative master owner belongs as an individual, or the representative master owner belongs to the company instead of as an individual. The code of the organization to which the company belongs, if relevant. (2) -6 Name indicating the organization to which the representative master owner belongs or to which company related to the representative master owner belongs; the representative master owner belongs as an individual, or the representative master owner belongs to the company instead of as an individual. The name of the organization to which the company belongs, if relevant. (2) -7 Licensee code; code representing the company with which the master owner has a contract with the territory other than the territory to which the master owner has the right to exercise the master right. . (2) -8 Licensee name: Name representing the company with which the representative master owner has contracted as a company that does business with masters in territories other than the territory in which the representative master owner has the right to exercise the master right. (2) -9 Master co-owner code: Code representing the co-owner who co-owns the music with the representative master owner or representative music publisher. (2) -10 Name of co-owner of master: Name representing the co-owner who co-owns the music with the representative master owner or the representative music publisher. (2) -11 Master co-owner code: Code indicating the company that co-owns the music or the company that has a contract with the co-owner. (2) -12 Name of co-owner of original disc: A name indicating a company that co-owns music or a company that has a contract with the co-owner. (2) -13 The organization code to which the joint master belongs or belongs to the company associated with the joint master owner; the joint master owner belongs as an individual, or the joint master owner is associated with the company rather than as an individual A code that represents the organization to which the company belongs. (2) -14 The name of the organization to which the joint master owner belongs or to which company is related to the joint master owner; the joint master owner belongs as an individual, or the joint master owner is associated with the company rather than as an individual If so, the name that represents the organization to which the company belongs.

(3) Information on Lyricist Copyright (3) -1 Main Lyricist Code: A code representing a person who mainly performs songwriting of music. (3) -2 Principal lyricist name: A name representing a person who mainly performs lyric writing for music. (3) -3 Representative original music publisher code This code represents the original music publisher that has a contract with the lyricist. (3) -4 Representative original music publisher name The name representing the original music publisher that has a contract with the lyricist. (3) -5 First organization code: A code representing the administrative organization to which the main lyricist belongs. (3) -6 first organization name; name indicating the administrative organization to which the main lyricist belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -7 Second organization code; if the main lyricist has a contract with the original music publisher Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -8 Second organization name; if the main lyricist has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -9 Code of Joint Original Music Publisher: Representative music publishers enter into an agreement in which publishing rights are co-owned A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -10 Name of co-original music publisher: name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -11 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -12 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -13 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -14 First Sub-Music Publisher Code: A music publisher whose original music publisher enters into a contract to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights The name representing the company. (3) -15 Organization code: A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -16 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -17 Secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, a secondary sub-publisher code may exist in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -18 Name of secondary sub-publisher If the first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher issues a contract with the secondary sub-publisher to exercise the publishing right in a specific region or country. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -19 management organization code A code representing the management organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -20 Administrative organization name The name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -21 Joint lyricist code: A code that represents a joint lyricist who wrote lyrics jointly with the main lyricist. (3) -22 joint lyricist name: A name representing a joint lyricist who wrote a lyric company that has a contract with a joint owner with the principal lyricist. (3) -23 Representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-author has signed a contract. (3) -24 Representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-author has signed a contract. (3) -25 First organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-author belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -26 First organization name Name of the administrative organization to which the co-author belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -27 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-author has a contract with an original music publisher A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -28 Second organization name Representative original music when the co-author has a contract with the original music publisher The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -29 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher enters into a contract in which it owns the publishing rights jointly. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -30 name of co-original music publisher A name representing a co-music publisher that has signed a contract in which the representative original music publisher jointly owns the publishing right. (3) -31 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -32 organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -33 First Sub Music Publisher Code The original music publisher exercises its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -34 first sub music publisher name The original music publisher enters into an agreement with the original music publisher to cause the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -35 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -37 secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher code may be used in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -38 Secondary sub-publisher name Secondary sub-publisher with which the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing right of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -39 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -40 Administrative organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

Composer (3) -41 Main composer code: A code representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -42 Principal Composer Name: A name representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -43 representative original music publisher code A code representing the original music publisher that has entered into a contract with the composer. (3) -44 representative original music publisher name A name representing the original music publisher who has entered into a contract with the composer. (3) -45 first organization code; a code representing the administrative organization to which the main composer belongs. (3) -46 first organization name: name representing the administrative organization to which the main composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -47 second organization code; if the main composer has a contract with an original music publisher Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -48 second organization name; if the main composer has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -49 Code for a joint original music publisher: a representative music publisher enters into an agreement to jointly own publishing rights A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -50 Name of co-original music publisher: Name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -51 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -52 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -53 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -54 first sub music publisher code: a music publisher that has a contract with the original music publisher to exercise the publishing right in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. The name representing the company. (3) -55 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -56 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -57 secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be secondary in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -58 Secondary sub-music publisher name Secondary sub-publisher with which the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing rights of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -59 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -60 administrative organization name The name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -61 Co-composer code: A code representing a co-composer who has composed together with the main composer. (3) -62 name of co-composer: name representative of a co-composer who composed in cooperation with the main composer. (3) -63 representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-composer has contracted. (3) -64 representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-composer has contracted. (3) -65 first organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -66 First Organization Name Name showing the administrative organization to which the composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by separate organizations separately.] (3) -67 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-composer has signed a contract with the original music publisher. A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -68 Second Organization Name Representative original music when a co-composer has signed a contract with an original music publisher. The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -69 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher enters into an agreement with which the joint ownership of the publishing rights is owned. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -70 name of co-original music publisher Name representative of a co-music publisher that has signed a contract with the representative original music publisher to jointly own the publishing right. (3) -71 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -72 organization name name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -73 First Sub Music Publisher Code The original music publisher exercises its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -74 First Sub Music Publisher Name The original music publisher enters into an agreement with the original music publisher to cause the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -75 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -76 Organization Name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -77 secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be used in certain regions or countries. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -78 name of secondary sub-publisher The name of the secondary sub-publisher that the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing rights of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -79 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -80 Administrative Organization Name Name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

Arranger (3) -81 Main arranger code: Code representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -82 principal arranger name: name representative of a person who mainly composes music. (3) -83 representative original music publisher code A code representing the original music publisher who has a contract with the arranger. (3) -84 representative original music publisher name A name representing the original music publisher who has entered into a contract with the arranger. (3) -85 first organization code; a code representing the administrative organization to which the main arranger belongs. (3) -86 first organization name; name representative of the administrative organization to which the main arranger belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -87 second organization code; if the principal arranger has contracted with the original music publisher. Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -88 second organization name; if the principal arranger has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -89 Code for a joint original music publisher: A representative music publisher enters into an agreement to share ownership of publishing rights. A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -90 name of co-original music publisher: name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -91 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -92 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -93 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -94 First Sub-Music Publisher Code: A music publisher that has a contract with the original music publisher to have the music publisher exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name representing the company. (3) -95 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -96 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -97 secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, it may be secondary in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -98 name of secondary sub-publisher If the first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher issues a contract with the secondary sub-publisher to exercise the publishing right in a specific region or country. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -99 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -100 administrative organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -101 Co-arranger code: A code representing a co-arranger who arranged together with the main arranger. (3) -102 co-arranger name: name indicating a co-arranger who arranged together with the main arranger. A company that enters into a contract with a co-owner. (3) -103 representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-arranger has contracted. (3) -104 representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-arranger has contracted. (3) -105 first organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-arranger belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -106 First Organization Name Name showing the administrative organization to which the co-arranger belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -107 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-arranger has signed a contract with the original music publisher. A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -108 Second Organization Name Representative original music when the co-arranger has signed a contract with the original music publisher. The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -109 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher signs a contract in which it owns the publishing rights jointly. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -110 co-original music publisher name Name representative of a co-music publisher that the representative original music publisher has signed a contract to jointly own the publishing rights. (3) -111 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -112 organization name name representative of the administrative organization to which the original co-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -113 First Sub Music Publisher Code Original Music Publisher's Exercise Rights by Original Music Publisher A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -114 First Sub-Music Publisher Name The original music publisher enters into a contract with the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -115 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -116 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -117 Secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be used in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -118 Secondary Sub-Music Publisher Name Secondary Sub-Music Publisher with which the First Music Publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing right of the Secondary Sub-Music Publisher in a specific region or country if a First Music Publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -119 management organization code A code representing the management organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -120 Administrative Organization Name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

(4) Music score (4) -1 MIDI data (4) -2 Raw score (4) -3 Lyrics

(5) Sound Source (5) -1 Digital Sound Source It is clear that the above items are not limited to those shown. Further extensions are easily made if necessary. This condition applies equally to any list given in the specification, unless otherwise indicated.

FIG. 56 shows the display menu on the display monitor of the system. The display menu, commonly referred to as the "search screen", is composed of the following items: A: Genre of title A-1. Title of music A-2. Title of Western music A-3. Title of modern Japanese music A-4. Others B: Genre of personal names B-1. Artist name B-2. Lyricist name B-3. Composer name B-4. Arranger name B-5. Others C: Genre of company C-1. Record company name C-2. Music publisher name C-3. Entertainment production name C-4. Others D: Genre of group D-1. JASRAC (Japan) D-2. BMI (USA) D-3. ASCAP (USA) D-4. MCPS (UK) D-5. SDRM (France) D-6. Other E: Production date E-1. Year E-2. Month E-3. Day

The above items may be used by the user of the system using a keyboard or other type of input device, such as an electronic pen, when the user accesses the system by inserting the IC card into an IC card reader installed in the system. Can be entered. Users are identified by this procedure. At the same time, it can be configured to identify the device from which the user logs into the system to prevent unauthorized use of the IC card and / or device.

By inputting the application item of the “search screen”, that is, by inputting the attribute of the music, the ISRC is specified. Once the ISRC has been identified,
The "license file" and the "rate and fee file" (both detailed below) are automatically linked according to the specified ISRC.

Next, the menus on the display are displayed according to the type of the user identified by the above processing through the information stored in the memory of the IC card, as shown in FIGS.
Or it changes to the “initial menu” as shown in 57c. If the identified user is a business user such as a radio station,
The menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for business users as shown in FIG. 57a. This menu includes the following items: Music search 2. Broadcast use application 3. Purchase music Performance application Application for synchronization 6. Application for modification

If the identified user is a general user such as a college student, the menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for general users as shown in FIG. 57b. This menu includes the following items: Music search 2. Purchase music 3. 3. Purchase music Purchase MIDI data

If the identified user is a right holder such as a music publisher, the menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for right holders as shown in FIG. 57c. This menu is
Including the items listed below: Permission change 2. 2. Change rate and fee content. 3. Change of rights New work application

FIG. 58 shows the contents of a license file used in the system of the present invention.

FIG. 59 also shows the contents of the charge rate and charge file used in the system of the present invention. Hereinafter, each item of the permission file, and each item of the charge rate and the charge file are listed together with the detailed description.

License File: Key code: music code (= ISRC code) Genre A: Viewing When searching for a song or purchasing a song, viewing is a full chorus, 1
Flags whether it can be performed in a chorus or a specific number of seconds. A1 Professional use A1-1 Full chorus A1-2 1 chorus A1-3 45 seconds A1-4 60 seconds (other time variations) A2 Personal A2-1 Full chorus A2-2 1 chorus A2-3 45 seconds A2- 4 60 seconds (other time variations)

[0200] 3. Genre B: Purchase of music (viewing / listening) Prepare flag areas corresponding to various services that will occur in the future. B1 Commercial Use Distribute sound sources to local FM radio stations connected to the use of the genre F broadcasts shown below. B2 Personal (subject to customer, artist, etc.) subdivided into further segments in the future [Existing Recording License] B2-1 Juke box Listen once-store / record Yes (discriminate it from the viewpoint of viewing A which is free) B2-2 CD Is it possible to apply for a group of favorite songs using the Internet at home and deliver a CD with favorite songs recorded at home? Or to a nearby record store. B2-3 MD At home, by applying for a favorite music group using the Internet, an MD in which the favorite music is recorded is delivered to the home or delivered to a nearby record store. B2-4 CD-R By applying for a favorite music group at home using the Internet, the music source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on a CD at home. B2-5 MD-R By applying for a favorite song group at home using the Internet, the song source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on the MD at home. B2-6 DVD-R By applying for a favorite music group at home using the Internet, a music source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on a DVD at home. B2-7 PC

[0201] 4. Genre C: Music score purchase C1 Business use C1-1 Purchase music score as data on the network. C1-2 Purchase as a score written on paper by applying on the network. C2 Personal C2-1 Purchase music scores as data on the network. C2-2 Purchase as a score written on paper by applying on the network.

[0202] 5. Genre D: Purchase of MIDI data When producing MIDI data when producing an original sound source, this can be a new business. D1 Selling to commercial karaoke business D1-1 Purchase MIDI data as data on the network. D2 Personal D2-1 Purchase MIDI data as data on the network.

[0203] 6. Genre E: Performance application E1 Professional application Apply when performing by a professional artist or musician at a concert or live house. E2 Individuals Apply when performing by an amateur artist or musician at a concert or live house. There is no charge for performances, but only a survey of the songs used.

[0204] 7. Genre F: Use of Broadcasting of Music In principle, all music can be used for broadcasting. F1 Business F1-1 Broadcasting program for radio station F1-2 Broadcasting program for TV station

[0205] 8. Genre G: Synchronization Used as background music for television images, movie images, and commercial (CM) images. G1 Professional G1-1 Synchronization for movie video G1-2 Synchronization for TV video G1-3 Synchronization for video game video G1-4 Synchronization for game software video G1-5 Synchronization for CM video

[0206] 9. Genre H: Application for modification To create a new song by modifying an existing song [sound source, score], create a cover song for the existing song, and / or create a song that is currently popular dance. Sometimes it is desirable to produce completely different music by sampling existing sound sources. H1 Commercial use H1-1 License to use existing sound source sampling H1-2 When producing cover music for existing music [like a Japanese cover music version of Western music]

Rate and Rate File Ratio of ISRC Master: Copyright Original master: Joint master Original master (owner): Licensee Individual: Company: Group Produced duty rate Main artist duty rate Secondary artist duty rate Copyright ratio Lyricist: Composer: Arranger: Music publisher Music publisher: Kyodo Music Publisher OP: FSP: SP Individual: Company: Group Organization: Group

Hereinafter, an example for explaining the file will be described in detail. Here, it is assumed that the user is a trader (hereinafter, referred to as a user) in charge of selecting a song for a music program broadcast on a radio by using the system of the present invention. Therefore, the user activates the facing device and inserts an IC card that also functions as an ID card for the registered user. By inputting the password (or the IC card contains the information of the identification number and functions in the same way, this processing can be omitted), the display device of the monitor device is shown in FIG.
The initial screen for the trader as shown in is displayed. Here, the ID number and the device number in use are configured as user data. ⇒ [User data A]

First, an operation of specifying a music is performed. The information of the candidate music is input in advance by appropriately satisfying the corresponding items of the “search menu” displayed on the screen of the display device as shown in FIG.

After the candidate music has been specified, the menu on the screen changes to the “initial menu” for the trader as shown in FIG. The music search item is highlighted in color, and the search for candidate music is performed as to whether or not these candidate music have already been registered in the system. Then, as a result of the search, a list of candidate songs is displayed on the screen together with an indication of whether or not each candidate song has already been registered in the system. Candidate songs with an "OK" mark indicate that these candidate songs have already been registered, and therefore these candidate songs can proceed to the next step. ⇒ [Song list B]

[0211] Here, it is assumed that when the candidate songs are registered in the system, the "license file" and the "rate and fee file" corresponding to these candidate songs are also registered in advance. Therefore, the items of each file as shown in FIG. 58 and FIG. 59 are flagged in advance by the copyright holder of the corresponding music according to the preference of the right holder (if not applied, the flag is set. Not filled) or filled (empty if not applicable). Next, the user selects an “initial menu” item by touching a menu item or a number corresponding to each item with a touch pen.

In the present embodiment, the user starts from the “initial menu” item. It is assumed that a broadcast use application will be selected. When the user selects item 2 by touching the item with the touch pen, the screen changes to a “broadcast attribute input menu”. Next, the user inputs the broadcast data, the name of the network station, the number of the network stations, and the like into the “broadcast attribute input menu”. ⇒ [Broadcast attribute data C]

After the above processing is completed, the “license file” and the “rate and fee file” for each of the candidate songs are referred to (for example, see FIG. 60), and information on the permission contents regarding the candidate songs, the master and The copyright is obtained in the form of data A, B, and C described above. Thus, a wave packet is composed of these data A, B, and C, and the wave packet is composed of the master and the copyright status or state.
In addition, the evaluation of the candidate music regarding the permitted contents of the item is transmitted to the host computer 5302 as shown in FIG. 53 in the so-called “music global access system (MGAS)” of the present invention.

In the present embodiment, the reference item in the permission file for the candidate music is the item of “use of broadcast”, and the contents thereof are F1-1 “broadcast program for radio station” and F1-2 “broadcast program for television station”. Program ". Therefore, F1-
If the flag of 1 is flagged but the content of F1-2 is not flagged for one of the candidate songs, the candidate song is licensed only to use the radio station broadcast program. You. Therefore, the "rate and rate file" for this candidate song
Along with the information of the contents, the MGAS to discriminate copyright and original recording rights based on the updated various rights and contents of the "License File" and "Rate and Fee File". At the same time as the transmission, the user is informed that one of the candidate songs is licensed only for radio broadcasting and therefore via the display screen no restrictions apply to the candidate song.

Hereinafter, as an example, in the radio music program “J-WAVE Selection” broadcasted at 22:00 on March 24, 1998, the following songs are used: a) Seiko Matsuda / “Red Sweet Pea” b) Bon Processing for FM radio broadcast J-WAVE using Jobi / “LIVIN'ON A PRAYER” will be described in detail. There is a tracking operation to evaluate whether the music has been correctly broadcast with the broadcast data scheduled along with the broadcast list. Here, matching is performed between the transmitted music data group stored in the transmitting unit of the radio broadcasting station and the broadcast list of the determining unit (not shown). In the event of a broadcast accident, sudden change in broadcast schedule, etc.
Correct data of the transmitted music data group of the LOGIN system of the broadcasting device is rewritten as data used by the determination unit.

The usage data of the discriminator, which is rewritten every day, is transmitted to the MGAS every week, every month, etc., depending on the contract form between the broadcasting station and the MGAS.

Hereinafter, the publishing right processing will be described with reference to the above example. At present, in Japan, payment of copyright broadcasting fees between JASRAC and television / radio stations is based on an annual blanket agreement. For example, if the annual sales of a radio station is 10,000,000 yen (10 billion yen), 2% of that amount, that is, 200,000,000 yen (200 million yen), will be JA.
Paid to SRAC. Subsequent distribution is performed as described above.

Here, processing similar to that described above will be described using MGAS of the present invention. Assuming that the two songs are broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE is 100,000 (100,000), a circle can be obtained for each song. . Next, this 200,000 yen is JASRA
After the fee of C is deducted, the lyricist, (100 / 100,000) × 20, according to the distribution ratio indicated in each “rate and rate file” corresponding to the music of Seiko Matsuda.
0,000,000 yen = 200,000 broadcast fee, distributed to composers, arrangers, and music publishers. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the JASRAC commission has been deducted, the remaining amount of the broadcast fee will be divided into the ASCAP, lyricist, and composer according to the distribution ratio indicated in each "Rate and fee file" corresponding to the Bon Jobi song. Distributors, arrangers, and music publishers.

Here, the processing of the master right will be described in detail. 1. Recording Producer: Currently, there is an agreement between the Recording Industry Association of Japan (RIAJ) and the National Broadcasting Corporation (NACBJ), a leading television / radio organization, for the broadcasting rights of original rights. 1% of the commercial broadcaster's annual sales will be paid to RIAJ as royalties. For example, if the annual sales of all commercial broadcasts is 1,000,000,000,000,000,000 yen (1 trillion yen), 1% (= 1,000,000,000,000 (1 billion yen)) will be sent to RIAJ. Paid. Currently, the broadcasting royalty of the master right is distributed to each record company using a method inferior to the sampling method. However, by using the MGAS of the present invention, for example, the annual total sales by J-WAVE is reduced by 1%.
%, That is, 10,000,000 yen × 1% = 100,000,000 yen, will be paid to RIAJ as the broadcast usage fee of the master. Next, the same processing as the above-described processing of the publishing right is performed with reference to the “rate and rate file”. Assuming that the above two songs were broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE per year is 100,000, (1
(00 / 100,000) × 100,000,000 yen = 100,000 yen. Then, after the RIAJ fee is deducted, the 100,000 yen will be sent to record companies, entertainment productions, etc. according to the original recording cost ratio indicated in each "rate and rate file" corresponding to the music of Seiko Matsuda. Be distributed. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the RIAJ fee has been deducted, the balance of the broadcasting fee will be passed through the license record company according to the ratio indicated in each "Rate and fee file" corresponding to the Bon Jobi song. And distributed to foreign record companies.

[0220] 2. At the same time, a secondary royalties fee for the master right will be paid to the performers from the National Broadcasting Corporation (NACBJ). For example, if the annual sales of all commercial broadcasts is 1,000,000,000,000,000,000 yen (1 trillion yen), 1% (= 1,000,000,000,000 (1 billion yen)) of that will be sold by Geidai Kyo ( JCPO). From there, it is distributed to each organization.

Here, the flow of payment by using the MGAS of the present invention will be described. Assuming that the above two songs were broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE per year is 100,000, (1
(00 / 100,000) × 100,000,000 yen = 100,000 yen. Next, after the JCPO fee has been deducted, performers and performers belong to this 100,000 yen in accordance with the contract allocation ratio indicated in each “rate and rate file” corresponding to the song by Seiko Matsuda. It is distributed to entertainment productions and the industry organizations to which the entertainment productions belong. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the JCPO fee has been deducted,
In accordance with the ratio indicated in each "rate and fee file" corresponding to the music of Jobi, the music is distributed to the performer, the entertainment production to which the performer belongs, the AFM, AFTRA, etc. to which the entertainment production belongs. . FIG. 60 shows the main points of the above processing. As can be seen from the above description, the same processing as described above is performed for different types of users.

The above processing will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The MGAS system of the present invention is activated by inserting an IC card into an IC card reader (step ST1). Next, the type of the user who has activated the MGAS system is identified from the information stored in the memory of the IC card (
Step ST2). Next, a "search" menu is displayed on the screen of the display device (step ST3), and the applicable items of the "search" menu for the candidate music are satisfied (step ST4). A DB (music database) is searched according to the type of the identified user and the information of the items of the "search" menu that is satisfied (step ST).
5). Before the start of the MGAS system, it is determined whether or not the candidate music has already been registered in the system (step ST6). The result of the determination is to indicate whether or not the candidate music has already been registered in the MGAS system. A suitable "initial" menu is displayed on the screen and at the same time is displayed on the screen according to the information of the user type identified above (step ST7). If the candidate music has already been registered in the MGAS system (step ST8), a suitable item of the "initial" menu is selected according to the type of the user identified above (step ST9). Step ST9 above
If either a professional user or a general user is selected in step, the corresponding item of the “license file” is searched based on the selected item of the qualified “initial” menu (step ST10). The result is displayed on the screen to indicate whether or not the selected item is a permitted item (step ST11).
. If the selected item is not permitted in step ST11, the process proceeds to step ST11.
Return to 9. On the other hand, if the selected item is permitted, the DB is searched according to the information of “rate and fee file” (step ST12), and the applicable copyright and royalty are processed according to the result of the DB search. (Step ST13). Next, it is confirmed whether or not the result is appropriate (step ST14). If the result is confirmed, the process ends (step ST15).

If the type of user is a legitimate right holder such as a copyright holder / music publisher in step ST9, the qualifying information for the item is “license file” and / or “
Is changed / input in "rate and charge file" (step ST16). Next, the changed / input information is processed to update the contents of the DB (step ST1).
7) Then, the processing result such as the changed / input item is displayed on the screen (step ST18), and the process proceeds to step ST14 as described above.

The present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from its spirit or essential characteristics. Therefore, the present embodiment is for explanation in all the forms, and does not limit the present invention. All changes that come with the meaning and range equivalent to the range are therefore intended to be included herein.

[Brief description of the drawings]

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

6 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

8 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the specifications of a music database which is one of the main components of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

12 is a diagram showing an example of an index database constituting a part of the music database of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

13 is a diagram showing another example of the index database constituting a part of the music database of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

15 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

16 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

17 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

19 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG.

20 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

21 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG.

23 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

25 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

26 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

28 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 29 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

30 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 32 is a schematic view of a fourth embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

FIG. 33 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32;

FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

35 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

36 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

FIG. 37 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

38 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fifth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention.

40 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 41 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 42 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 43 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 44 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 45 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 46 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

47 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 48 is an explanatory diagram of confirmation items on a monitor screen of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 49 is a flowchart for explaining IC card electronic money payment processing by the purchase system shown in FIG. 39;

50 is an explanatory diagram of a processing flow of each data and each code in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

51 is another explanatory diagram of the flow of processing of each data and each code in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 52 is an overall explanatory diagram of all processes in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39;

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a configuration of a server client system constituting a part of a back channel company related to the purchase system of the present invention.

FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of a sixth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing another embodiment of the music database according to the present invention.

FIG. 56 shows a display menu on a display monitor of the system shown in FIG. 54.

FIG. 57 is made up of FIGS. 57a, 57b and 57c, each of which shows a different type of initial menu displayed on the display screen.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing an example of the contents of a license file used in the system of the present system.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an example of the contents of a charge rate and a charge file used in the system of the present system.

60 is a schematic diagram showing the entire processing using the “permission file” shown in FIG. 59 and the “rate and fee file” shown in FIG. 60 according to the present invention.

61 is composed of FIG. 61a, FIG. 61b, and FIG. 61c.
FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing shown in FIG.

[Procedure amendment]

[Submission date] November 8, 2000 (2000.11.8)

[Procedure amendment 1]

[Document name to be amended] Statement

[Correction target item name] Full text

[Correction method] Change

[Correction contents]

[Title of the Invention] Global access system for multimedia related information

[Claims]

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0001]

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to searching for one or more music pieces, editing the searched music pieces, and purchasing a recording medium, such as a CD, MD, or cassette tape, into which the edited music pieces are inserted. The present invention relates to a personal recording medium purchasing system capable of performing the following.

[0002]

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, consumers rent or purchase MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, etc.
Use a player / recorder such as a D player / recorder, cassette deck, etc. to select your favorite music, and edit / record the music selected on a recording medium such as MD, CD, or cassette tape in any order. Then, the original compilation recording medium unique to the consumer was created. For example, even a song by a single musician or artist, a song that one personally likes is not necessarily recorded in one album such as an MD, CD, or cassette tape. Therefore, if you want to make an album composed of only the songs you personally like, several MDs, such as several songs from one album, several songs from another album, and several songs from another album, etc. Purchase or rent CDs, cassette tapes, etc., and use them to select, edit, and record songs that you like personally using playback, editing, and recording storage devices, A compilation recording medium was being created.

In the case of a plurality of musicians and artists, similarly, a plurality of albums by each musician or artist are purchased or rented, and a personal original compilation using a playback / editing / recording storage device. A recording medium was being created.

[0004]

According to the above conventional method, when a consumer wants to create an original compilation recording medium, he or she purchases or rents a plurality of MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, and the like. You have to select, edit, and record each of your favorite songs using playback, editing, and recording storage devices, which costs more than purchasing a single MD, CD, cassette tape, etc. There is a problem that it takes time to reproduce, edit and record.

[0005] Furthermore, regardless of the existence or non-existence of the copyright of the music, the consumer copies the music from a plurality of MDs, CDs, cassette tapes, etc. by himself and creates a personal original compilation recording medium. Therefore, there is a problem that the copyright owner cannot collect a copyright fee for his music and does not give any return to the music industry and the music creator.

In view of the above-mentioned problems in the conventional technology, a problem of the present invention is to arbitrarily select or designate a favorite musician or artist by a consumer and arbitrarily select or specify a music piece by the selected musician or artist. A personal recording medium purchasing system, a personal recording medium purchasing method, and a personal recording medium purchasing program that allow the user to designate and purchase a personal original compilation recording medium composed of those selected or designated songs. It is to provide a recording medium for recording.

[0007] Further, in view of the above-mentioned problems in the conventional technology, when a consumer purchases a personal original compilation recording medium, a copyright relating to music incorporated into the recording medium is required. Fees, etc. can be collected automatically,
It is an object of the present invention to provide a personal recording medium purchasing system, a personal recording medium purchasing method, and a recording medium for recording a personal recording medium purchasing program, which are capable of giving back related to the use of music to the like.

[0008]

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The object of the present invention is a system for granting access to a selected multimedia library, comprising: a) a memory for storing the multimedia library; and b) a memory. A data input device for inputting a set of information attributes for the multimedia stored in the library; c) a data search device for searching for information about a particular medium in the library according to the input attributes; and d) providing the searched information. This is achieved by a system having an output device.

In the system of the present invention, the multimedia library may be a music library.

In the system of the present invention, the multimedia library is a library of printed materials, and the printed materials may include books, magazines, newspapers, and all types of journals.

In the system of the present invention, the multimedia library is a library of broadcast information used in the broadcasting industry, and the broadcasting industry may include a TV station, a radio station, and a satellite station.

An object of the present invention is to provide a system for accessing information on music, comprising:
A) a user operable data input device for inputting information about the current user's class and candidate songs to access; b) storing a library of songs and a set of information items relating to at least selected ones of the stored songs. A memory, c) a display for displaying selected information about the candidate song to the current user, d) a processor connected to the data input device, which performs the following operations on the candidate song related information: 1) the class and candidate of the current user. Determining the music and, depending on it, displaying on the display information items corresponding to the input class of the current user from a specific set of information items of the input candidate music, 2) for further processing Allowing the current user to select at least one displayed information item, and 3) a system for further processing the selected information item. It is achieved me.

In the system of the present invention, the information items stored in the memory include rights of intellectual property rights and further processing is to calculate a fee for the input candidate song and the input user class. May be configured.

In the system of the present invention, the information item stored in the memory includes a permission to access the information, and further processing is selected based on the permission to access the information and the user class. It may be configured to determine which information, if any, about the candidate song is accessible to the current user.

The above object of the present invention is to provide a multi-class user to an information system for selecting and obtaining a permission to access a particular song from a library of songs for a particular use of a plurality of uses. The information system stores the right of access to each song in the library, the royalty associated with each of the rights, and information as the identity of the right holder of each of the rights. A) activating the information system for the user by entering at least a display of the class of the current user and identification of the candidate song; b) identifying the class of the current user from the user input; c) The availability of information system songs and a set of potential licensed uses by the identified classes to the current user's identified classes and candidate songs D) displaying to the user an indication of whether the song is available in the information system and, if available, the potential licensed use of the selected set of available candidate songs; Allowing the user to select a particular use from the displayed set of uses; f) accessing from the information system whether or not the selected use is permitted for the identified candidate song; If so, the method comprises retrieving a royalty for the selected use and the right holder from the information system according to the selected use information, and g) processing the royalty for the selected right holder.

In the method of the present invention, the identified use as determined in step b) is the right holder, and the right holder is allowed to change the royalties information and to update the content of the information system. The changed information may be processed.

In the method of the present invention, the step of displaying the changed information to the current user, and allowing the right holder to confirm whether the changed information is qualified and, if so, terminating step g) It may be further provided.

The object of the present invention is to: a) a first station for converting at least one music piece and music information corresponding to the one music piece into a predetermined signal and transmitting the signal; b) a storage device And a card-type storage medium including an integrated circuit; c) the card-type storage medium is detachable, and it is possible to listen to music by receiving a signal transmitted from the first station. A receiving device capable of selectively storing music information corresponding to a transmitted musical piece in a storage device of a card-type storage medium by a predetermined operation when attached, d) a card-type storage medium storing music information The identification information stored in the storage device of the card-type storage medium can be read when the card-type storage medium is inserted, and the card-type storage medium can be read. A second station including an input device capable of reading music information stored in the storage device of the storage medium; e) a user connected to the second station, and 1) an authorized user of the system based on the identification information. 2) reading the music information related to the music information by searching a plurality of music information in the music information storage means based on the music information input by the input device; 3) music information storage means And 4) record the music information read from the storage medium on a predetermined recording medium, and 4) execute a predetermined charging process on the recording medium on which the music information is recorded based on the charging information stored in the card-type storage medium. The music information corresponding to the music is stored in a card format by a predetermined operation while the user is listening to the music transmitted from the first station. The user purchases a recording medium on which at least one desired music piece is recorded by inserting a card-type storage medium on which the music information is stored into the predetermined input means of the second station. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system that can do this.

In the system of the present invention, the third station includes: 1) identification means for identifying whether or not the user is an authorized user based on the identification information input by the input means of the second station; ) Music information storage means for storing a plurality of music information, 3)
Music information reading means for reading music information related to music information by searching a plurality of music information in the music information storage means based on music information inputted by the input means; 4) music information connected to the music information reading means; Music information recording means for recording music information read from the storage means on a predetermined recording medium; and 5) performing predetermined charging processing on the recording medium on which the music information is recorded based on charging information stored in the card format storage medium. You may comprise so that a means may be included.

In the system of the present invention, f) copyright-related information storage means for storing information related to copyright, g) input / output means for inputting / outputting music information, and h) input / output means for music information storage means Music information registration means for registering and storing input music information, i)
Copyright-related information search and identification means for searching and identifying copyright-related information relating to music information registered in the music information registration means from the copyright-related information storage means based on the music used, j) Copyright-related information search Charging and usage fee determining means for determining charging for the user of the music based on the copyright-related information and charging information identified by the identification means and determining usage fee for the copyright owner of the music; and k) charging and usage fee It may be configured to further include means for notifying the user of the music piece of the charge determined by the determination means and notifying the copyright holder of the music piece of the usage fee determined by the charge and usage fee determination means.

[0021] In the system of the present invention, l) use purpose registration means for registering information on the use purpose of the music piece to be used; and m) charging information based on the use purpose information of the music piece registered by the use purpose registration means. It may be configured to further include charging information changing means for changing.

[0022] The system of the present invention further comprises a copyright-related information changing means connected to the input means and the copyright-related information storage means for changing the copyright-related information based on information of the music used. May be.

In the system of the present invention, the card-type storage medium including the storage device and the integrated circuit may be a smart card.

In the system of the present invention, the receiving device may be a smart card radio receiver.

The above objects of the present invention include: a) a data input device operable by a user to input a candidate song to be displayed and accessed as a current user; b) at least a library of songs and at least one of the stored songs. A set of information items for each of the stored songs, c) a selected information item about the candidate song to the current user. A display for displaying; d) a processor coupled to the data input device and the memory for performing the following operations on the candidate song related information: 1) evaluating the current user display and the candidate song, and Display those information items on the display, including at least the licensed use from a particular set, 2) causing the current user to select at least one of the displayed information items for further processing and inputting one or more of the current user's desired uses of the song; and 3) further selecting the selected information item. This is achieved by a system that accesses information about the song to be processed.

In the system of the present invention, the set of licensed uses stored in the memory includes a license to access information regarding a selected one of the set of possible uses of the song information, and further processing includes: Configured to determine, based on the permission to access the information and the user's selection of the desired use, which information, if any, regarding the selected candidate song is accessible to the current user. Is also good.

In the system of the present invention, the set of possible uses of the song information includes playing, duplicating, transmitting, and distributing, the possible forms of transmitting include ground, cable, internet or satellite, and Possible forms of the medium may be configured to include a stream, a local HDD, a flash memory, a stick memory or an MD.

The above object of the present invention is to provide a method for selecting and obtaining a license to access a particular song from a library of songs for a particular use of a plurality of possible uses. The information system identifies each song in the library and the rights to access each song in the library, the licensed potential use and royalties associated with each of the rights. And information on the rights of each of the set of rights, comprising: a) activating the information system for the user by inputting a display of the current user and identification of the candidate song; b) at least Searching the information system for a set of licensed potential uses associated with the candidate song and each accessible right to the selected song; c) indicating to the user whether the song is available in the information system and, if so, displaying a set of allowed potential uses of the available candidate song to the user; Allowing one or more of the desired uses to be entered; e) accessing from the information system whether or not each of the desired uses entered by the user is permitted for the identified candidate song; If more than one is licensed, the selected desired use will retrieve the royalty and rights holder information from the information system for the selected desired use, and f) process the royalty for the selected right holder. It is achieved by a method comprising steps.

In the method of the present invention, activating the user comprises causing the user to enter one or more desired usage selections only from the displayed set of licensed potential uses of the available candidate songs. You may do so.

In the method of the present invention, the set of licensed potential uses of the music information includes playing, duplicating, transmitting, and distributing; And possible forms of the media for duplication may include streams, local HDD, flash memory, stick memory or MD.

[0031] The method of the present invention may further comprise the step of granting the user access to the song information for only one or more of the input desired uses granted for the song. Good.

The object of the present invention is a system for granting access to selected ones of a multimedia library, a) a memory for storing the multimedia library, and b) a multimedia stored in the memory. A data input device for inputting a set of attributes for c) a data retrieval device for searching for information about a particular media in the library according to the set of attributes entered; d) for a particular media in the library as needed And e) an output device for supplying the retrieved or updated information.

In the system of the present invention, the update device may be configured to be operable only by at least one right holder of each of the rights associated with a particular media of the library.

[0034] The system of the present invention further comprises: f) an interaction device for interacting the user of the system with at least one right holder of each of the rights associated with the particular media of the library, wherein the updating device comprises the user and the right holder. The retrieved information may be updated according to the result of the interaction, and the output device may be configured to supply the updated information.

In the system of the present invention, the multimedia library may be configured to include at least one of a library of music, a library of printed matter, and a library of broadcast information used in the broadcasting industry.

In the system of the present invention, the printed matter includes books, magazines, newspapers, and all types of journals, and the broadcasting industry may be configured to include TV stations, radio stations, and satellite stations.

The above objects of the present invention include: a) a data input device operable by the user to input the class of the current user and the candidate songs to be accessed; b) a library of songs and at least a selected one of the stored songs. A memory for storing a set of information items relating to the object, wherein the set of information items stored in the memory is a memory including at least intellectual property information and permission to access the information; A display device for displaying information to the current user; d) a processor coupled to the data input device and the memory for performing the following operations on the selected information regarding the candidate song: 1) evaluating the current user's class and the candidate song; And, based on that, the current user's input from a specific set of input candidate song information items Displaying the information item corresponding to the selected class on the display device, 2) allowing the current user to select at least one of the displayed information items for further processing, and 3) inputting the candidate song and the input Any information on the selected candidate song, if any, is accessible to the current user to calculate the required fee for the selected user class and based on the permission to access the information and the user class. And e) updating the set of information stored in the memory as needed, wherein the updating device further processes the selected item of information to determine Achieved by a system for accessing information about songs that can only be operated by the respective owner of the intellectual property rights associated with the selected one of the songs It is.

[0038] The system of the present invention further comprises: f) an interactive device for interacting the user of the system with at least one right holder of each of the intellectual property rights associated with the selected one of the stored songs, the updating device. May update the set of information items stored in the memory according to the result of the interaction between the user and the right holder.

The above object of the present invention is to provide a multi-class information system for selecting and obtaining a license to access a particular song from a library of songs for a particular use of a plurality of possible uses. The information system may identify each song in the library, access rights to each song in the library, license fees associated with each of the rights, and respective rights holders of the rights. A) activating the information system for the user by inputting at least the display of the class of the current user and the identification of the candidate song, and b) the current user from the input display. Identifying the class and identifying candidate songs from the entered identification; c) identifying the information system according to the identified class of the current user; Searching the information system for the set of availability of the identified candidate song and the potential licensed use of the identified candidate song, and d) indicating whether the identified candidate song is available in the information system and making it available. If so, display the selected set of potentially permitted uses of the candidate song to the current user, and e) select a specific use from the selected set of potentially permitted uses displayed to the current user. F) accessing from the information system whether or not the selected specific use is permitted for the identified candidate song; and g) if the selected specific use is permitted, Retrieving the royalty and at least one right holder's information for the candidate song identified from the information system according to the particular use selected; and h) processing the royalty related to the right holder for the identified candidate song. i) a selected set of potentially licensed uses of the identified candidate song if the identified current user determined in step (b) is at least one right holder for the identified candidate song. And j) process the changed information to update the content of the information system, and k) display the changed information to the current user, and provide the information to at least one right holder. Check whether the changed information is eligible and if so, step (g)
Is completed.

An object of the present invention is to provide an input unit for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer, and whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the input identification information connected to the input unit. Identification means connected to the identification means, designation information input means for the consumer to input at least one piece of designation information when the consumer is a legitimate consumer according to the result of the identification, and stores a plurality of pieces of information. Information reading means connected to the information storage means, the designated information input means, and the information storage means, for retrieving a plurality of pieces of information in the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means, and reading information related to the designated information; Means, and an information recording means connected to the information reading means for recording information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium. Is achieved.

The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention may be configured to further include a unit for performing a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium on which information is recorded.

The object of the present invention is to provide an input unit for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer,
A first station including designation information input means for the customer to enter at least one piece of designation information when the consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer; and a first station connected to the first station and input by the input means. Identification means for identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information provided, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of information, and information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means. Information reading means for retrieving a plurality of pieces of information and reading information related to the designated information; information recording means connected to the information reading means for recording information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium; A second station including a unit for performing a predetermined charging process on the recording medium. The recording medium constituted by the information corresponding to the given number of the designated information is produced at the second station and delivered to the first station, so that the consumer purchases the recording medium at the first station. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the first station
Specific information storage means for storing specific information constituting a part of a plurality of information stored in the information storage means of the station, and specifying based on the specification information input by the specification information input means by the consumer The information storage unit may be configured to further include a unit that searches the information storage unit and displays specific information related to the specified information input to the consumer.

An object of the present invention is to provide an input unit for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer,
When a consumer is identified as a legitimate consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designation information, a first information storage unit that stores a plurality of pieces of information, and a designation information input unit. A first station including information recording means for retrieving a plurality of pieces of information in the first information storage means based on the input designation information and reading information related to the designation information and recording the information on a predetermined recording medium; An identification unit connected to the first station and identifying whether or not the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information input by the input unit; a plurality of information stored in the first information storage unit; A second station that includes a second information storage unit that stores a plurality of pieces of corresponding information, a second station that includes a unit that performs a predetermined accounting process on a recording medium on which the information is recorded, and a first station.
And a third station connected to the second station and the second station, respectively, and including a latest information storage means for storing latest information, wherein the first and second stations are stored in the latest information storage means. Based on the latest information
A plurality of information stored in the information storage means and the second information storage means are updated, and a record formed by an arbitrary number of information based on designation information input by a consumer at the first station. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system in which a medium is produced at a first station and a consumer can directly purchase a recording medium.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the plurality of pieces of information stored in the first information storage unit and the plurality of pieces of information stored in the second information storage unit are a music list, music data, an index, and a work. The music information may include information on the right.

An object of the present invention is to provide an input unit for inputting identification information for identifying a consumer,
A first station including designation information input means for the customer to enter at least one piece of designation information when the customer is identified as a legitimate customer; Identification means for identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information input by the means, information storage means for storing a plurality of pieces of information, and information based on the designation information inputted by the designation information input means Information reading means for retrieving a plurality of pieces of information in a storage means and reading information related to designated information; information recording means connected to the information reading means for recording information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium; And a second station including means for performing a predetermined accounting process on a recording medium on which the first station and the second station are recorded. And a third station including latest information storage means for storing the latest information, wherein the first and second stations store the latest information stored in the latest information storage means of the third station. A plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station based on the specified information, and an arbitrary number of pieces of information based on the designated information input by the consumer at the first station. By producing the recorded recording medium at the second station and delivering it to the first station, it is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing system that allows a consumer to purchase the recording medium at the first station. .

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the first station
Specific information storage means for storing specific information constituting a part of a plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the station; The information storage unit may be configured to further include a unit that searches the information storage unit and displays specific information related to the specified information input to the consumer.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is music information storage means, and the plurality of information is a plurality of music information including a music list, music data, an index, and information on copyright. There may be.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, the music information storage means is a database provided with storable specifications for unifying music, and digitizes and unifies sound sources, MIDI data, musical score data, and right attribute data. It may be constituted as.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the music information storage means may be configured to include five categories: music attribute, master right, copyright, musical score, and sound source.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is a video information storage means, and the plurality of information is a plurality of video information including video data, audio data, an index, and information on copyright. There may be.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the information storage means is a program storage means, and the plurality of information may be a plurality of program information including a plurality of programs, an index, and information on copyright. Good.

An object of the present invention is to provide a personal recording medium purchasing method by which a consumer can purchase a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of desired information, and identification information for identifying the consumer. , And identifies whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the entered identification information. When the consumer is a legitimate consumer according to the result of the identification, the consumer has at least one piece of designated information Is input, and a database including a plurality of information is searched based on the input specification information to read information related to the specification information, and the read information is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and the information is recorded. This is achieved by a personal recording medium purchasing method including a step of performing a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium.

An object of the present invention is to provide a recording medium that records a personal recording medium purchase program that allows a consumer to purchase a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of desired information, and identifies the consumer. To identify whether or not the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the entered identification information. At least one piece of designated information is input, a database including a plurality of pieces of information is searched based on the input designated information, and information related to the designated information is read, and the read information is recorded on a specific recording medium. This is achieved by a recording medium that records a personal recording medium purchase program that causes a predetermined accounting process to be performed on a specific recording medium on which information is recorded.

An object of the present invention is to provide a first station that converts at least one or more songs and song information corresponding to the songs into predetermined signals and transmits the signals, and a card-like storage including a storage device and an integrated circuit. The medium and the card-shaped storage medium are detachable, so that a signal transmitted from the first station can be received to listen to music, and the card-shaped storage medium is received by a predetermined operation when the card-shaped storage medium is mounted. A receiving device configured to be able to selectively store song information corresponding to a song in a storage device of a card-shaped storage medium, and a card-shaped storage medium in which song information is stored is detachable and card-shaped storage An input means for reading identification information stored in a storage device of a card-shaped storage medium and reading music information stored in a storage device of a card-shaped storage medium when a medium is mounted. A second station including a step, a second station connected to the second station, identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information, and music based on the song information input by the input means. A plurality of pieces of music information in the information storage means are searched to read music information related to the music information, and the music information read from the music information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium. A third station configured to perform a predetermined charging process based on the charging information stored in the card-shaped storage medium, and the consumer listens to music transmitted from the first station. At a certain time, music information corresponding to the music is stored in the card-shaped storage medium by a predetermined operation, and the customer stores the card-shaped storage medium in which the music information is stored in the second station in a predetermined manner. By inserting the force means is achieved by a personal recording media purchase system can purchase a recording medium on which desired music is recorded.

In the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention, the third station
Identification means for identifying whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information inputted by the input means of the station, music information storage means for storing a plurality of music information, Music information reading means for retrieving a plurality of pieces of music information in the music information storage means based on the obtained music information and reading music information related to the music information, and music information connected to the music information reading means and read from the music information storage means Music information recording means for recording the music information on a predetermined recording medium, and means for performing a predetermined charging process based on the charging information stored in the card-shaped storage medium with respect to the recording medium on which the music information is recorded, Is also good.

The personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention includes a copyright-related information storage unit that stores information related to copyright, an input / output unit that inputs / outputs music information, and an input / output unit that is input by the input / output unit. Music information registration means for registering and storing the music information stored in the music information storage means, and searching for copyright-related information relating to the music information registered in the music information registration means from the copyright-related information storage means based on the music used. A copyright-related information search determining means for determining the fee for the music user based on the copyright-related information and the billing information determined by the copyright-related information search determining means. Use of the song and the charge and loyalty determining means for determining the tee, and the charge determined by the charge and loyalty determining means And a means for reporting the determined royalty to the copyright holder of the music.

The personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention comprises: a use purpose registration unit for registering information on a use purpose of a music piece to be used; May be further provided with a charging information changing means for changing the information.

The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention is configured such that the copyright-related information can be changed based on the information of the music piece used by being connected to the input means and the copyright-related information storage means. Copyright-related information changing means may be further provided.

[0060]

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS In a system for granting access to selected ones of a multimedia library of the present invention, the memory stores the multimedia library and the data input device stores the multimedia stored in the memory. A data retrieval device retrieves information about a particular medium in the library according to the input attributes, and an output device supplies the retrieved information.

In the system for accessing information related to music of the present invention, the data input device operable by the user inputs information on the class of the current user and the candidate music to be accessed, and the memory stores the library of music and the stored music. The display stores a set of information items for at least a selected one of the songs, the display displays the selected information about the candidate songs to a current user, and a processor connected to the data input device includes the following in the candidate song related information: 1) determining the class and candidate song of the current user, and depending on it, from a specific set of information items of the input candidate song corresponding to the current user's input class 2) Select at least one displayed information item for the current user for further processing. And 3) further processing the selected information item.

In the system of the present invention, the first station converts at least one piece of music and music information corresponding to one piece of music into a predetermined signal and transmits the signal, and the receiving device has a card-type storage medium mounted thereon. Then, the music information corresponding to the music transmitted from the first station is selectively stored in the storage device of the card type storage medium by a predetermined operation when the music information is stored in the second station. When the card-type storage medium is inserted, the identification information and music information stored in the storage device of the card-type storage medium are read by the input device, and the third station recognizes the user of the system based on the identification information. The music is identified by identifying whether or not the user is a user, and searching for a plurality of pieces of music information in the music information storage means based on the music information input by the input device. The music information related to the information is read, and the music information read from the music information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium. The music information corresponding to the music is stored in the card-type storage medium by a predetermined operation while the user is listening to the music transmitted from the first station, and the user receives the music information. Is inserted into a predetermined input means of the second station to purchase a recording medium on which at least one desired music piece is recorded.

In the system of the present invention, the data input device inputs a candidate song to be displayed and accessed as the current user by a user operation, and the memory includes at least a library of songs and at least one of the stored songs. Storing a set of information items, including a set of licensed uses for each of the stored songs,
The display displays the selection for the candidate song to the current user, the processor evaluates the current user display and the candidate song for the candidate song related information, and at least licenses from a particular set of input candidate song information items. Displaying those information items on the display, including the performed use, allowing the current user to select at least one of the displayed information items for further processing and one or more of the current user's desired uses of the song. And further processing the selected information item.

In the system of the present invention for granting access to selected ones of a multimedia library, the memory stores the multimedia library, and the data input device stores one of the multimedia files stored in the memory. Entering the set of attributes, the data retrieval device retrieves information about a particular media in the library according to the entered set of attributes, and the updating device retrieves information about the particular media in the library, if necessary. The information is updated, and the output device supplies the retrieved information or the updated information.

In the system of the present invention, the data input device inputs a class of the current user and a candidate song to be accessed by a user operation, and the memory relates to a library of songs and at least a selected one of the stored songs. Storing at least a set of information items including at least intellectual property information and a permission to access the information; the display device displaying selected information about the candidate song to a current user; The current user's class and candidate songs are evaluated against the obtained information, and based on the information, the information items corresponding to the current user's input classes are extracted from a specific set of input candidate song information items. Display at least one of the information items displayed on the display device for further processing to the current user. What information about the selected candidate song is selected and calculated based on the permission to access the information and the user class in order to calculate the required fee for the entered candidate song and the entered user class. Further processing the selected information item, if any, to determine if it is accessible to the current user, and, if necessary, knowledge of the stored song associated with the selected one. A set of information stored in the memory is updated by an update device operated only by the respective owner of the property right.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the identification means determines whether the consumer is a regular consumer based on the inputted identification information. Identify whether there is, specified information input means, at least one specified information is input when the consumer is a legitimate consumer according to the result of the identification, the information reading means, from the specified information input means by the demander Based on the input designated information, a plurality of information in the information storage means is searched to read information related to the designated information, and the information recording means records the information read from the information storage means on a predetermined recording medium.

The personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention can be configured to perform a predetermined accounting process on a recording medium on which music information is recorded.

In another personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designation information input means provides the consumer with the regular demand. When the consumer is identified as a consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information, and at the second station, the identification means determines that the consumer is a regular consumer based on the identification information input by the input means. The information reading means searches for a plurality of pieces of information in the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means and reads information related to the designated information. The information read from the storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, a predetermined billing process is performed on the recording medium on which the information is recorded, and the customer requests the designated information at the first station. The consumer records at the first station by producing a recording medium constituted by information corresponding to an arbitrary number of designated information inputted by the information input means at the second station and delivering it to the first station. Purchase media.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, in the first station, the specific information storage means is a specific information part of a plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station. Is retrieved from the specific information storage means based on the specified information input by the specified information input means by the consumer, and the specific information related to the specified information inputted is displayed to the consumer.

Further, in another personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designated information input means operates to confirm that the consumer is authorized. The consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information when the customer is identified as the demander, and the information recording means stores the plurality of information in the first information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means. And reads the information related to the designated information and records it on a predetermined recording medium. In the second station, the identification means determines that the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information input by the input means. The first and second stations perform a predetermined accounting process on the recording medium on which the information is recorded, and the first and second stations store the latest information stored in the third latest information storage means. The plurality of information stored in the first information storage means and the second information storage means are updated based on the information, and an arbitrary number of information is updated based on the designation information input by the consumer at the first station. The recording medium constituted by the information is manufactured at the first station, and the consumer can directly purchase the recording medium.

[0071] In still another personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, in the first station, the input means inputs identification information for identifying the consumer, and the designation information input means operates such that the consumer is authorized. When the consumer is identified as a consumer, the consumer inputs at least one piece of designated information, and at the second station, the identification means determines whether the consumer is a regular consumer based on the identification information input by the input means. The information reading means reads a plurality of information in the information storage means based on the designated information input by the designated information input means to read information related to the designated information, and the information recording means comprises: The information read from the information storage means is recorded on a predetermined recording medium, and a predetermined charging process is performed on the recording medium on which the information is recorded. Based on the latest information stored in the latest information storage means of the third station, a plurality of pieces of information stored in the information storage means of the second station are updated as necessary, and the information stored in the first station is updated. On the basis of the designation information input by the consumer, a recording medium constituted by an arbitrary number of information is produced at the second station and delivered to the first station, so that the consumer records at the first station. You can buy media.

In the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention, the first station converts at least one or more music pieces and music piece information corresponding to the music pieces into predetermined signals and transmits them, and the receiving device includes a card. The card-shaped storage medium is detachable so that the user can listen to the music by receiving the signal transmitted from the first station, and can correspond to the music received by a predetermined operation when the card-shaped storage medium is mounted. Music information to be selectively stored in the storage device of the card-shaped storage medium, and in the second station,
The input means is capable of detaching a card-shaped storage medium storing music information, reading identification information stored in a storage device of the card-shaped storage medium when the card-shaped storage medium is mounted, and reading the card-shaped storage medium. Reading the song information stored in the storage device of the storage medium, the third station is connected to the second station, and identifies whether the consumer is a legitimate consumer based on the identification information; Searching the plurality of pieces of music information in the music information storage means based on the music information input by the input means, reading the music information related to the music information, and determining the music information read from the music information storage means And performs predetermined charging processing on the recording medium on which the music information is recorded based on the charging information stored in the card-shaped storage medium, and is transmitted from the first station. The music information corresponding to the music is stored in the card-shaped storage medium by a predetermined operation when the music is listened to by the consumer, and the consumer reads the card-shaped storage medium in which the music information is stored in the second station. By inserting it into a predetermined input means, the user purchases a recording medium on which a desired music piece is recorded.

[0073]

Hereinafter, an embodiment of a personal recording medium purchasing system according to the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. FIG. 1 shows a personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as a “purchase system”).
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment (abbreviated as). As shown in FIG. 1, a main part of a purchase system 1 of this embodiment includes a store 10 which is a KIOSK (kiosk) located closest to a customer, such as a convenience store or a gas station, and a back channel company 20. The store 10 and the back channel company 20 are connected by the Internet or a dedicated line 40.

The store 10 includes an MD production application reception system 11 including a monitor, a card reader, and a database search / application terminal (not shown), a music list database 12 connected to the MD production application reception system 11, and an MD production application reception. Store equipment management system 13 connected to system 11 and music list database 12
And a communication system 14 connected to the store equipment management system 13. The back channel company 20 includes a communication system 21 connected to the communication system 14 of the store 10 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like 40, a communication system 21
Server client system (hereinafter referred to as a host computer) 22 connected to the host computer 22 and the music list database 2 connected to the host computer 22
3, a music database 27 including a music data database 24, an index database 25 and a copyright database 26, an MD writer 28 connected to the music database 27, a printer 29 connected to the music database 27,
A company database 32 is connected to the host computer 22 and includes a customer database 30 and a bill settlement database 31.

Next, the operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1-1. Member Recognition Step First, touch the "Start" item display on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter abbreviated as a monitor) of the MD production application receiving system 11 to turn on the purchase system. "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please insert a card". If the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his / her member card into the card reader of the MD production application receiving system 11. If the customer is an unregistered member, the member registers at the store, purchases a new membership card, and inserts it into the card reader. Here, the purchasing system is configured to have a new member card creation function that can automatically create a new member card based on a proof of identity, such as a customer's car driver's license or bank card. You may.

After the card reader reads the membership card, “Please enter your password” is displayed on the monitor screen. Based on the display, the customer enters a personal identification number unique to each customer. The password is entered using the number displayed on the monitor screen and / or
Or, it is input by touching an alphabet character. The information of the input personal identification number and the information of the member registration number of the member card previously read by the card reader are transmitted from the communication system 14 via the telephone line 40 via the communication system 21 of the back channel company 20 to the server client system. (Host computer) 22.

In the back channel company 20, the host computer 22 searches the customer management database 30 of the company side database 32 based on the information of the password and the member registration number sent from the store 10, and the customer is a valid member. The matching is performed, and information on the matching result is transmitted to the communication system 21.
Via the telephone line 40 to the MD production application receiving system 11 via the communication system 14 of the store 10. Further, the host computer 22 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member.

The MD production application receiving system 11 of the store 10 displays “OK” on the monitor screen if the customer is a valid member based on the received information on the matching result. If the member is invalid, "invalid" is displayed. If the security code is incorrectly entered during the above operation, the message "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the password may be input again. In this case, from the viewpoint of security, the number of re-inputs of the personal identification number may be limited. If the matching is not established within the specified number of times, the purchase system is automatically turned off. If "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen at the above stage, the monitor then displays "Let's choose a song" on the screen and proceeds to the song selection stage.

1-2. Music Selection Stage As shown in FIG. 3A, music selection items for “first music” are displayed on the screen of the monitor. The music selection items include (a) music name, (b) artist name, (c) album name, (d) lyricist / composer name, (e) genre, (f) production date, (g) Each item of a part of the lyrics, (h) a part of the melody, and (i) a recommended lineup is shown. In order to select the first song, the customer inputs necessary information while looking at the song selection items displayed on the screen of the monitor. There are various methods for inputting such information. For example, the information may be input using a keyboard, or may be input directly into each item on the screen using a touch pen. The MD production application receiving system 11 searches the music list database 12 of the store 10 based on the information input on the screen of the monitor and acquires necessary information. As an example, FIG. 3B shows a monitor screen when a customer inputs (b) an artist name, (g) a part of lyrics, and (h) a part of a melody. Here, (h) a voice recognition method may be adopted as a part of the melody, and the melody uttered by the customer may be recognized by the method, or the recognized melody may be further converted into a musical score. You may comprise so that it may display on the screen of a monitor.

After these inputs are completed, the “search button” displayed on the monitor screen
The search is executed by pressing, and the search result as shown in FIG. 3C is displayed on the screen of the monitor. In other words, as a result of the search, the title of the first song, “I LOVE
"You""is displayed and the song code 044 ESPD382401 is displayed, and at the same time, selection items of" select button "," cancel button ", and" end button "are also displayed. Check the first song displayed on the monitor screen, and touch the "Select button" if the entered information is acceptable. When the "selection button" is touched, the music codes are accumulated on the hard disk of the MD production application receiving system 11, and the music selection items for the second music are displayed on the monitor screen. The selection of the second music piece is performed in the same procedure as in the case of the first music piece. Then, by repeating the same operation up to the desired number of music pieces, the music codes of the desired music pieces are sequentially accumulated. When all the songs have been selected, the inspection result of the last song is displayed on the screen of the monitor, and then the "end button" selection item is touched to end the song selection.

1-3. Music composition stage By touching the "end button" in the above stage, as shown in FIG. 4, after the display of "the song you have selected" is displayed on the monitor screen, the song is selected in the above song selection stage. The song is displayed. In this example, “1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA” and the selected song list is displayed on the monitor screen. And "Sort",
The selection items of “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed at the same time.

1-3-1. Next, a procedure for rearranging the order of the selected music will be described. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, as shown below,
[] Is displayed at the right end of each song on the monitor screen.
"1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES [] 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES [] 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS [] 4. LET IT BE BEATLES [] 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA []" Since the music and the third music are rearranged, the order of the music is 3.2.1.4 by inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 from above in [].
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor.

On the screen of the monitor, the item “OK” is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item “OK”, the screen of the monitor becomes The song is returned to the display, and the songs whose order has been changed are displayed as follows. "3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" By touching the "OK" item, The display is renumbered and displayed as "1. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA".

1-3.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching the item of “delete”. If you touch the item of "Delete", "Touch the song you want to delete"
Is displayed, and a list of songs selected as "1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" is displayed on the monitor screen. The selection item of "OK" is displayed at the same time.

Here, when deleting “2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES” in the music list, touching the corresponding music display portion on the monitor screen causes the music “
2. "SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES" part is moved from the list, and only that part is deleted on the new page with "OK" selection item as follows. 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES and monitor screen Displayed above. If the user touches the "OK" item, the screen of the monitor re-numbers the songs other than the deleted song and displays the same again as follows. "1. I LOVE YOU BEATLES 2. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 3. LET IT BE BEATLES 4. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA"

1-3.3. Addition of music When adding a new music, touching the "Add" selection item causes the monitor screen to display "Add music" and returns to the above-mentioned "Music selection stage" screen. Then, as described above, a new song can be added by operating a necessary procedure while watching the screen of the monitor.

After performing necessary operations in the music composition stage, by touching an “end button” item on the screen, a “music code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the item of "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage, as described below.

1-4. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. 1-4. Jacket design selection 3． At the end of the music composition stage, as shown in FIG. 5, the screen of the monitor is accompanied by a character display "Please select your favorite jacket", and in this example, nine types of screens (that is, one page) The jacket design is shown, and the jacket design on the other page is displayed on the next page by touching the item display of “previous page” and “next page” respectively. The designed jacket design can be displayed on the monitor screen. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the screen of the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the selected jacket design is selected. Is generated.

1-4.2. After the album title input and the jacket design selection are completed, the screen of the monitor displays "
"Please enter album title" and "Keyboard input"
, “Touch sensor input” item is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time that either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item is touched, the “Album title is“ Shota & Mayu ”
That's okay. And the characters of the input album title are sequentially displayed, and the items of "change" and "OK" are simultaneously displayed.

If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches the item of “change” and performs the input again in the above-described procedure. Also,
If the input album title is acceptable, touching the item of "OK" creates "album title character data C" corresponding to the displayed album title.

1-5. Final Confirmation Step When the decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 7 are displayed on the screen of the monitor. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. If you touch the "OK" item after making the final confirmation, the price of the MD you are trying to create will appear on the monitor screen, for example, "Your fee is 1,000 yen." Will be

1-6. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, the monitor screen displays, for example, "Credit Card", "Prepaid Card", and "Bank Withdrawal" along with the text "What is your payment method?" You. Here, when the customer selects a payment method by touching any item, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer corresponds to the selected payment method. Insert the card into the card reader. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

1-7. Transmission stage After the payment stage is completed, the "song code group A" created as described above
, “Jacket design code B”, “Album title character data C”, “Card data D”, and “Customer code E”, as shown in FIG.
Back-channel company 20 via telephone line 40 and communication system 21
Is sent to the host computer 22 provided in the computer.

1-8. Back Channel Company Work Stage 1-8.1. MD board production work After completing each of the above steps, enter the MD production phase. In the present embodiment, the MD board production work, that is, the recording is performed by the back channel company 20. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 2 of the music database 27
4 is searched, a song corresponding to the information of the song code group A is selected from the song data database 24, and the selected song is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 28.

1-8.2. Jacket Production Work In the back channel company 20, jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 29 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". Done. Here, first, the music list database 23 of the music database 27 is searched based on the “music code group A”, and the music list database 23 and the index
The attribute of each song is selected from the database 25, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

1-8.3. The charging and settlement host computer 22 searches the charging and settlement database 31 of the company-side database 32 based on the information of the “card data D” and the “customer code E”, and from there, inputs necessary information to a predetermined information such as a bank or a credit company. To the financial institution to perform customer billing and settlement.

1-8.4. Copyright Processing The host computer 22 searches the music list database 23 and the copyright database 26 of the music database 27 based on the information of the “song code group A” and obtains necessary information from the copyright database 26 of the music database 27. JASR
The data is sent to an AC to perform copyright processing, and then sent to a record company or the like to perform master processing.

1-8.5 Mailing Work The host computer 22 searches the customer database 30 of the company side database 32 based on the information of the “customer code E”, and obtains the address label of the customer from the information such as the address of the customer. After printing and packing as required, the MD is mailed.
As a result, the customer can receive the ordered MD.

1-9. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain new music information (music list, music data, index data, etc.). These information are constantly updated in the back channel company 20, and the latest music list, music data, and index information are stored in the music list database 23, the music data database 24, and the index database 25 of the music database 27, respectively. Have been. However, in this embodiment, only the music list among the information is the communication system 1 of the store 10 via the host computer 22 and the communication system 21.
4 and is stored in the music list database 12 of the store 10 via the store equipment management system 13.

Here, a music database used in the above-described personal music recording medium purchase system of the present invention will be described. The music database specifications described below are proposed for the first time in the present invention, and include a database specification capable of storing music in a unified manner, and include a sound source, MIDI data, musical score data, and rights attribute data. And unified. Then, music is unifiedly coded for an existing or future music recording system, and is designed to be compatible with future distribution of music.

FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an embodiment of the music database configured as described above. This music database contains (1) song attributes, (2) master right, (3) copyright,
Includes five categories: (4) music score, and (5) sound source. Each category further includes information on the following items: (1) song attribute (1) -1 song code (country code + work code) (1) -2 song name (1) -3 song fraction (1) ) -4 Artist name (1) -5 Artist country code (1) -6 Date of production (2) Master right (2) -1 Master owner (2) -2 Country code (2) -3 Co-owner (2) -4 Country code (3) Copyright (3) -1-1 Lyricist (3) -1-2 Country code (3) -1-3 Representative publisher (3) -1-4 Country code ( 3) -1-5 Co-publisher (3) -1-6 Country code (3) -2-1 Composer (3) -2-2 Country code (3) -2-3 Representative publisher (3)- 2-4 Country code (3) -2-5 Co-publisher (3) -2-6 Country code (3) -3-1 Arranger (3) -3-2 Country code ( 3) -3-3 Representative publisher (3) -3-4 Country code (3) -3-5 Co-publisher (3) -3-6 Country code (4) Score (4) -1 MIDI data (4) ) -2 Raw score (4) -3 Lyrics (5) Sound source (5) -1 Digital sound source

FIGS. 12 and 13 are diagrams showing examples of index information stored in an index database constituting a music database used in the personal music recording medium purchasing system of the present invention. As can be seen from this example, the index information is information indicating a part of the information of the music database described above for each music, and the index database is a database that stores the index information. is there. The information of the index A shown in FIG. 12 is as follows: (1) Genre Japanese music (2) Music name Red sweet pea (3) Music fraction 5 minutes 21 seconds (4) Artist Seiko Matsuda (5) Lyricist Karuho Kureda (6) Composer Kureta Karuho (7) Date of production July 1, 1982 (8) Representative master country Japan (9) Representative master company Sony Music (Japan) (10) Option I (lyric card) (11) Option II (score) Contains each information.

The information of the index B shown in FIG. 13 is as follows: (1) Genre Western music (2) Music name Yesterday Katakana display YESTERDAY English display (3) Music fraction 4 minutes 50 seconds (4) Artist Beatles katakana display BEATLES English display (5) Lyricist John Lennon Katakana indication John Lennon English indication (6) Composer Paul McCartney Katakana indication Paul McCartney English indication (7) Production date July 1, 1968 July 1, 1968 (1) Representative Master Country UK Katakana Display England English Display (9) Representative Master Press Big Apple Katakana Display BIG APPLE English Display (10) Option I (Lyrics Card) (11) Option II (Score) Information is included.

The music database described in the following embodiment also has the above-described configuration, and the purchase system of the present invention adopts this music database so that the customer can select a more global music. At the same time, the copyright owner can more easily manage the copyright of the music. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a store 100,
It is composed of a back channel company 200 and a broadcasting station 300. The store 100 and the back channel company 200 are connected by a dedicated line (may be the Internet or a telephone line) 400. The store 100 and the broadcasting station 300, and the back channel company 200 and the broadcasting station 300 are communicated by satellite waves (terrestrial waves or cables) 401 and 402, respectively.

The store 100 is a KIOSK, similarly to the first embodiment, and includes a monitor, a card reader, and a database search / application terminal (not shown). Store side database 105, store side database 105 including connected music list database 102, music data database 103 and index database 104
Writer 106 connected to the store, the printer 107 connected to the store side database 105, the communication system 1 connected to the MD production application receiving system 101
08, a data broadcast receiving system 109, and a data broadcast decoder 110 connected to the store side database 105. The back channel company 200 includes a communication system 201 connected to the communication system 108 of the store 100 via a telephone line 400, and a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 20 connected to the communication system 201.
2. Music list database 20 connected to host computer 202
3. A music database 207 including a music data database 204, an index database 205, and a copyright database 206; a customer database 206 and a billing and settlement database 20 connected to the host computer 202;
7 is provided.

The broadcast station 300 is connected to a communication system 301 connected to the communication system 201 of the back channel company 200 via a satellite wave 401, a broadcast data database 302 connected to the communication system 301, and a broadcast data database 302. And a data broadcast encoder 304 connected to the data broadcast receiving system 109 of the store 100 via the broadcast data transmission server 303, the broadcast data transmission server 303, and the satellite wave 402.

The purchase system shown in FIG. 14 allows a consumer to select a favorite artist or musician and a favorite song for each song at a nearest store such as a convenience store or a gas station, and to select the song. It is configured to be able to create an MD in which the music that has been copied is digitally copied in a store.

The operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 14 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 2-1. Member Recognition Step First, a "start" item on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter, abbreviated as a monitor) of the MD production application receiving system 101 is touched to switch on the purchasing system. After "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen,
"Please insert a card" is displayed. If the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his / her member card into the card reader of the MD production application receiving system 101. If the customer is an unregistered member, a new member is registered at the store, a member card is purchased and inserted into a card reader.

Here, similarly to the above-described first embodiment, the purchase system automatically creates a new membership card based on a proof of identity, such as a customer's car license or bank card. You may comprise so that it can be performed. After the card reader reads the membership card, "Please enter your PIN" is displayed on the monitor screen. Based on the display, the customer enters a personal identification number unique to each customer. The password is input by touching a number and / or an alphabetic character displayed on the screen of the monitor. The input password information and the membership card membership number information previously read by the card reader are transmitted from the communication system 108 via the telephone line 400 via the communication system 201 of the back channel company 200 to the server client system. (
Host computer) 202.

In the back channel company 200, the host computer 202
00, the customer management database 208 of the company-side database 210 is searched based on the information on the personal identification number and the member registration number sent from 00, matching is performed as to whether or not the customer is a valid member. The data is sent from the communication system 201 to the MD production application receiving system 101 via the communication system 107 of the store 100 via the telephone line 400. Also, the host computer 20
2 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member. Based on the received matching result information, the MD production application reception system 101 of the store 100 displays “OK” on the monitor screen if the customer is a valid member, and displays “OK” if the customer is invalid. Is displayed. " If the security code is entered incorrectly during the above operation, "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the personal identification number may be input again. In this case, the first
As in the embodiment, the number of re-inputs of the password may be limited from the viewpoint of security. Then, if "OK" is not displayed on the monitor screen within a predetermined number of times, the purchasing system may be automatically turned off. If "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen at the above stage, the monitor then displays "Let's choose a song" on the screen, and proceeds to the next song selection stage.

2-2. Music Selection Step As shown in FIG. 16A, music selection items for the first music are displayed on the screen of the monitor. The music selection items include (a) music name, (b) artist name, (c) album name, (d) lyricist / composer name, (e) genre, (f) production date, (g) Each item of a part of the lyrics, (h) a part of the melody, and (i) a recommended lineup is shown. In order to select the first song, the customer inputs necessary information while looking at the song selection items displayed on the screen of the monitor. The input is performed by the method described in the first embodiment.

[0112] The MD production application receiving system 101, based on the information input on the screen of the monitor, the music list database 102 included in the store side database 105.
And search the index database 104 to obtain necessary information. As an example, FIG. 16B shows a case where the customer inputs (b) the artist name, (g) a part of the lyrics, and (h) a part of the melody. Here, as in the first embodiment described above, (h) a voice recognition method is adopted as a part of the melody input, the melody uttered by the customer is recognized by the method, and the melody is displayed as a musical score. You may comprise. When the "search button" is pressed after these inputs are completed, the search results are displayed on the monitor screen as shown in FIG. 16C.

As a result of the search, the title of the first song, “AND I LOVE H” in this example, is displayed on the monitor screen.
“ER” is displayed and the song code 044 ESPD382409 is displayed, and at the same time, selection items of “select button”, “cancel button”, and “end button” are also displayed. Check the first song displayed on the monitor screen, and touch the "Select button" item if the entered information is acceptable. When the item of the “selection button” is touched, the music code is accumulated in the hard disk of the MD production application receiving system 101, and the music selection item for the second music is displayed on the monitor screen. Follow the same procedure to select the second song. Thereafter, by repeating the same operation until the desired number of music pieces, the music code of each music piece is sequentially accumulated. When the selection of all the music pieces is completed, the inspection result of the last music piece is displayed on the screen of the monitor, so that the item of the "end button" is touched to end the music piece selection.

2-3. Music composition stage By touching the item of "end button", as shown in FIG.
The song selected in the above-mentioned song selection stage is shown following the display of "The song you have selected." In this example, "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" and the selected song list is displayed on the monitor screen. At the same time, "Sort"
, “Delete”, “Add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

2-3.1. Next, a procedure for rearranging the order of the selected music will be described. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, [] is displayed on the right end of each song as shown below on the screen. "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES [] 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES [] 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS [] 4. LET IT BE BEATLES [] 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA []" And the third song are rearranged. By inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the songs is 3.2.1.4.
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item "OK", the display returns to "The song you selected" and The song whose order has been changed is displayed on the monitor screen.

[3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA] By touching the item of "OK", Is renumbered as "1. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" Displayed on the monitor screen.

2-3-2. Deleting a song You can delete a selected song by touching the "Delete" item on the monitor screen. When you touch the item of "Delete", the text "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES 3. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 4. LET IT BE BEATLES 5. A list of songs selected as "LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA" is displayed on the monitor screen, and the selection item "OK" is also displayed. If you want to delete the song "2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES", touch the corresponding part of the above display and the song "2. SATISFACT
The “ION THE ROLLING STONES” part is moved from the list, and only that part is displayed on a new page as “Delete 2. SATISFACTION THE ROLLING STONES” with the “OK” selection item as shown below. If the user touches the "OK" item, the monitor renumbers the songs other than the deleted songs and displays them again as follows.

“1. AND I LOVE HER BEATLES 2. SOME MIGHT SAY OASYS 3. LET IT BE BEATLES 4. LIKE A VIRGIN MADONNA” 2-3.3. Addition of a song When adding a new song, touching the "Add" selection item causes the monitor to display "Add song" on the screen and return to the above-mentioned song selection stage screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor. After performing necessary operations in the above-described music composition stage, by touching the item of “end button”, “music code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated. Further, by touching the item of “end button”, the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below.

2-4. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title.

2-4.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the music composition stage, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the text "Please select your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 18 (see also the first embodiment). In the example, nine screen designs are shown on one screen (that is, one page), and the jacket designs on the other pages can be displayed by touching the item display of “previous” and “next”, respectively. Displayed on the monitor. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 18 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

2-4.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design, on the monitor screen, as shown in FIG. 19 (see also the first embodiment), the character input of "Please enter album title" is displayed, and "Keyboard input" is displayed. , “Touch sensor input” is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. The monitor screen is “Keyboard Input”
Or at the same time as touching one of the items of "touch sensor input", the characters of the album title input as "Album title is" LOVE SONGS "are displayed." And "OK" are displayed at the same time. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

2-5. Final Confirmation Step When the decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 20 (see also the first embodiment) are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the "OK" item display after this final confirmation,
On the monitor screen, for example, the charge of the MD to be created is displayed, such as "Your charge is 1,000 yen."

2-6. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, the screen of the monitor displays, for example, as shown in FIG. Is displayed. Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

2-7. Transmission stage After the payment stage is completed, the "song code group A" created as described above
, “Card data D” and “customer code E” are transmitted to the host computer (server client system) provided in the back channel company 200 via the communication system 108, the telephone line 400, and the communication system 201 as shown in FIG. ) 202.

Next, with reference to FIG. 23, the working stages in the store 100 and the back channel company 200 will be described. 2-7. MD production stage 2-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above-mentioned steps 1 to 6, the process enters the MD production phase. MD board production work (
That is, recording is performed in KIOSK, that is, in a store 100 such as a convenience store or a gas station. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 103 of the store-side database 105 is searched, a music corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 103, and the selected music is selected. Is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 106.

2-7.2. Jacket production work In the store 100, "Song code group A", "Jacket design code B"
And the album title character data C, the jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 107. Here, first, based on the “song code group A”, the song list database 1 of the store side database 105
02 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 102 and the index database 104, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. , The attribute of each song is selected, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket. After completing the MD board production work and the jacket production work, the customer
A desired MD can be obtained at a store 100 such as KIOSK.

2-8. Transmission Stage After the payment stage is completed, the "song code group A", "card data D" and "customer code E" created as described above are shown in FIG. 22 simultaneously with the above-mentioned MD production stage. As described above, the data is transmitted to the host computer 202 provided in the back channel company 200 via the communication system 108, the telephone line 400, and the communication system 201.

2-9. Back Channel Company Work Stage 2-9.1. The charge settlement host computer 202 searches the charge settlement database 209 of the company-side database 210 based on the information of the "card data D" and the "customer code E", and retrieves necessary information therefrom in a predetermined manner such as a bank or a credit company. To the financial institution to settle the customer billing.

2-9.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 202, based on the information of the “song code group A”, executes the music list database 203 and the copyright database 206 of the music database 207.
And sends necessary information from the copyright database 206 of the music database 207 to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master processing.

2-10. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain information on new music (music list, music data, index, etc.). These pieces of information are transmitted from the broadcasting station 300 to the store 100 by satellite waves or the like 402. The back channel company reads the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information from the music list database 203, the music data database 204, and the index database 205 of the music database 207 by the host computer 202, and reads the information. Communication system 201
To the communication system 301 of the broadcasting station 300 by satellite waves (which may be a telephone line or a dedicated line).

The broadcasting station 300 stores the received latest music list, music data, and index information in the broadcast data database 302. Broadcast data transmission server 30
3 sends the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information stored in the broadcast data database 302 to the data broadcast encoder 304, and the data broadcast encoder 304 converts the information into a transmission signal by encoding the information. After that, the data broadcast receiving system 10 of the store 100
9 The data broadcast receiving system 109 of the store 100 that has received the encoded signal
Sends these signals to the data broadcast decoder 110, decodes the transmitted signals, reads the latest music list, music data, and index information, and reads the corresponding music list / database of the store side database 105. 102,
The respective information is stored in the music data database 103 and the index database 104. As a result, the store 100 always stores the latest music information, and is configured to be able to respond to customer needs.

FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. Before describing the configuration of FIG. 24, the features of the third embodiment will be described. First and second
The major difference from this embodiment is that it is configured to apply for MD at home,
It is to apply for the latest song by data broadcasting.

The third embodiment is a service for specific members: (1) Only the latest music list (song code) is transmitted from the broadcasting station 1300 by data broadcasting; (2) “MTV”, “Countdown TV”, Click on the latest song you want while watching a TV program such as, etc .; (3) If you have a few songs you want, access the host computer 1202; (4) The compilation MD is delivered to the home 1100; (5) ) Copyright settlement processing is performed. Next, the preconditions in the third embodiment will be described. A. The member (user) has already purchased the PC TV by purchasing or the like, or has purchased a dedicated board and has joined the already existing PC, and has connected the PC TV to the home telephone line; B. When a new song is created, the record company first submits the required attributes to the music database, thereby assigning a song code; Perform music broadcasting by embedding a music code (+ α) in a broadcasting band not used for a main broadcast (for example, a television program such as “MTV”); The music code (+ α) sent from the broadcasting station 1300 is stored in the PC TV hard disk by the remote controller, keyboard, or mouse operation and then transmitted; (This PC TV is linked to the music database homepage. It is desirable that the music list database in the hard disk be constantly updated.) Broadcast bands not used in the main broadcasting are bands of data broadcasting, text broadcasting, and sub-audio broadcasting. F. The present invention can also be used as a system in which ticket information and general merchandise information can be encoded to make application work easier. G. FIG. It can also be used as a radio system. H. The use of an IC card is also possible.

As shown in FIG. 24, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a home 1100
, A back channel company 1200 and a broadcasting station 1300. The home 1100 and the back channel company 1200 are connected by a telephone line (which may be the Internet or a dedicated line) 1400. Home 11
00 and the broadcasting station 1300, and the back channel company 1200 and the broadcasting station 130
0 is a satellite wave (which may be a terrestrial wave or a cable) 1401 or 1402, respectively.
Communicated by The home 1100 is the residence of a customer who is a member, and is connected to the MD production application reception system 1101, the music list database 1102 connected to the MD production application reception system 1101, and the MD production application reception system 1101. Communication system 1103, a data broadcast decoder 1105 connected to the music list database 1102, and a data broadcast receiving system 1104 connected to the data broadcast decoder 1105.

The back channel company 1200 establishes the home 110 via the telephone line 1400.
Communication system 1201 and communication system 1 connected to the communication system 1103
A server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 1202 connected to the host computer 201 and a music list /
Music database 1 including database 1203, music data database 1204, index database 1205, and copyright database 1206
207, a client database 120 connected to the host computer 1202;
6 and the company side database 1210 including the billing settlement database 1207
It has. Further, an MD writer 1211 and a printer 1212 are connected to a music database 1207.

[0136] The broadcast station 1300 communicates with the back channel company 120 via the satellite wave 1401.
Communication system 1301, communication system 1 connected to communication system 1201
The broadcast data database 1302 is connected to the broadcast data database 301, the broadcast data transmission server 1303 is connected to the broadcast data database 1302, the broadcast data transmission server 1303 is connected to the data broadcast receiving system 1104 of the home 1100 via the satellite wave 1402. A data broadcast encoder 1304 is provided. The third embodiment is different from the first and second embodiments described above in that a music list (= song code) is broadcasted from a broadcasting station and a home 1100 can apply for an MD. Have been. The applied MD is sent from the back channel company 1200 to the home 1100 by delivery.

Next, the operation of the third embodiment will be described. It is assumed that the record company M has produced, for example, a new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda. The record company M immediately registers the new song in the music database. By registration, a song code for the new song, for example, 081AMDM02998
8 is given. Next, the record company M has the song code 081AMDM0299
Bringing the promotion video of the new song "Love you" given 88 to the TV program "Countdown TV" of the private broadcaster TBS, for example, makes the new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda on the TV program "Countdown TV" At the same time, the music code 081AMDM029988 is transmitted in the data broadcasting band. On the monitor screen of the PC TV connected to the telephone line, the TV program "Countdown TV" is on and just a new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda
Is on air.

FIG. 25 shows a monitor screen of a PC TV in home 1100. here,
The scene of the new song "Love you" of singer A (Seiko Matsuda in the above case) flows in the main broadcast (in the above case, the TV program "Countdown TV" of TBS), followed by singer B (in this example, , Namie Amuro) 's new song "How to be a girl". 3-1. Selection There are "selection" and "application" items displayed on the monitor screen of the PC TV. Here, assuming that the item display of “selection” is blinking to indicate that it is possible to capture, by clicking or touching the blinking item display of “selection”, the new song “Love you” is displayed. Music code 081 AMD corresponding to
M029988 is stored on the hard disk of the PC TV.

Similarly, as shown in the figure, the customer (member) selects a new song “How to be a girl” by Namie Amuro during the same main broadcast (broadcast of the TV program “Countdown TV” of TBS). Then, the music code corresponding to the music is stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. In this way, it is assumed that eight pieces of music are selected during the same main broadcast, and when the television program "Countdown TV" ends, the music codes of eight pieces of music are stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. Further, it is assumed that the customer (member) selects seven songs while another television program is being broadcast, and when the television program ends, song codes for the seven songs are stored in the hard disk of the PC TV. In the above case, a total of 15 music codes are stored on the hard disk of the PC TV.

3-2. Application 1. When the selection operation is completed, the operation proceeds to the application operation as shown in FIG. By clicking (or touching) the item display of “application” on the monitor screen of the PC TV, the item display of “music”, “shopping”, and “ticket” appears on the monitor screen. Click the "" item. By clicking on the "music" item, in this embodiment, a "song code group A" including 15 song codes is created, and a "customer code E" is also created. At the same time, the browser on the hard disk of the PC TV is automatically started up, and as shown in FIG. 27, the message “Your selected song” is displayed on the screen of the monitor, followed by selection as described above. The song is shown. In this example, “1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 15. This is my way of life PUFFY” A list is displayed, and selection items of “sort”, “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

[0141] 3-2.1. Sorting of songs To sort the order of the selected songs, touching "Sort" will show [] at the right end of each song as follows. "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro [] 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING [] ... [] 15. This is my way of life PUFFY [] In the example of the figure, since the first music piece and the third music piece are rearranged, the order of the music pieces is set to 3.2.1 by inputting 3, 2, 1, to 15 in [] in order from the top. .4
. ~ 15. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item of "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching this "OK", the display returns to "Your selected song", and the order is changed as follows. The changed song is displayed.

[3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 15. This is my way of life PUFFY Touching “OK” , "The song you chose" is displayed as "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 15. This is my life The road is renumbered and displayed as "PUFFY".

3-2.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching "Delete".
When you touch "Delete", the text "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda ・····· 15. This is the way my life is going to be PUFFY. A song list that is selected is displayed on the monitor screen, and the selection item “OK” is also displayed. Here, if you want to delete song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko, touch the corresponding part of the above display, the song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko part will be moved from the list, and only that part will be a new page As shown below, "Delete 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" is displayed along with the "OK" selection item. If "OK" is touched here, the monitor renumbers the music other than the deleted music and displays it again as follows. 「1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ ・ 14. This is the way I live PUFFY」

3-2.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the “Add” selection item, and the monitor will display “Add music” on the screen, and the “1-2. Music selection stage” described above. Return to the screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor. At this stage, by performing a necessary operation and touching the “end button”, a “song code group A” corresponding to the composed music is generated. Also, this "
By touching the "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below.

3-3. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below. 3-3.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the music composition stage, the monitor screen is displayed with the text "Please select your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 5 (see the first embodiment). In this example, nine screen designs are shown on one screen (that is, one page), and the jacket designs on the other pages can be monitored by touching the “previous” and “next” item displays. Will be displayed. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

[0146] 3-3.2. After the album title input and the jacket design selection are completed, the screen of the monitor displays "
"Please enter album title" and "Keyboard input"
, “Touch sensor input” is displayed. Customer says "keyboard input"
Or, touch one of the items of “touch sensor input”, and then input the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time as touching either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item, the title of the album title is entered as “Album title should be“ LOVE FOR SALE ”.” And the like are sequentially displayed, and the items “change” and “OK” are simultaneously displayed.

If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches “change” and inputs again in the above-described procedure. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

3-4. Final Confirmation Step Upon completion of the decoration step, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 28 are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the “OK” item display after the final confirmation, for example,
The price of the MD to be created is displayed, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen."

[0149] 3-5. Payment Step Following the final confirmation step, for example, as shown in FIG. 29, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the letters "Payment method?""Debit" item is displayed. Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

3-6. Transmission Step After the payment step is completed, as shown in FIG. 30, the "song code group A", "jacket design code B", "album title character data C", "card data" The “D” and the “customer code E” are sent to the host computer 1202 provided in the back channel company 1200 via the communication system 1103, the telephone line 1400, and the communication system 1201 shown in FIG.

3-7. Back Channel Company Work Stage FIG. 31 shows work stages in the back channel company 1200. 3-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above steps, enter the MD production phase. The MD board production work (that is, recording) is performed by the back channel company 1200. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". The music data database 1204 of the music database 1207 of the back channel company 1200 is searched based on the information of the music code group A, and the music data database 12 is searched.
A music piece corresponding to the information of the music piece code group A is selected from 04, and the selected music piece is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 1211.

3-7.2. Jacket Production Work At the back channel company 1200, a jacket production work is also performed by the printer 1212 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". Here, first, based on the “song code group A”, the song list database 1 of the music database 1207
203 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 1203 and the index database 1205, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

3-7.3. The charge settlement host computer 1202, based on the information of the "card data D" and the "customer code E", stores the customer database 1208 of the company side database 1210.
Then, it searches the billing and settlement database 1209 and sends necessary information therefrom to a predetermined financial institution such as a bank or a credit company, and performs billing settlement for the customer.

3-7.4. Copyright Processing The host computer 1202 searches the music list database 1203 and the copyright database 1206 of the music database 1207 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 1206 of the music database 1207.
Sends necessary information to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing.

3-7.5 Mailing Work The host computer 1202 searches the customer database 1208 of the company side database 1210 based on the information of the “customer code E”,
After printing the address label of the customer from the information and the like, packing the product, and then mailing the MD. As a result, the customer can receive the ordered MD.

FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a fourth embodiment of a personal music recording medium purchase system (hereinafter, abbreviated as “purchase system”) of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 32, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is a home 2100
, A back channel company 2200 and a broadcasting station 2300. The home 2100 and the back channel company 2200 are connected by a telephone line (the Internet or a dedicated line) 2400. Also, the home 2100 and the broadcasting station 2300, and the back channel company 2200 and the broadcasting station 2300 are respectively satellite waves (which may be terrestrial waves and cables) 2401 and 2402.
402.

The home 2100 includes an MD production application reception system 2101 including a card reader and a PC TV, a music list database 2102 connected to the MD production application reception system 2101, a music data database 2103, and an index database 2104. Side database 2105, MD writer 2106 connected to home side database 2105, printer 2107 connected to home side database 2105, communication system 2108 connected to MD production application reception system 2101, data broadcast receiving system 2109, and home side A data broadcast decoder 2110 connected to the database 2105 is provided. The back channel company 2200 is connected to the home 2 via a telephone line or the like 2400.
100, a server client system (hereinafter referred to as a host computer) 2202 connected to the communication system 2201, a music list database 2203, a music data A music database 2207 including a database 2204, an index database 2205 and a copyright database 2206, and a customer database 2 connected to a host computer 2202;
Company side database 22 including 206 and billing settlement database 2207
10 is provided.

[0158] The broadcasting station 2300 communicates with the back channel company 220 via the satellite wave 2401.
Communication system 2301, communication system 2 connected to communication system 2201
301, a broadcast data transmission server 2303 connected to the broadcast data database 2302, a broadcast data transmission server 2303, and a data broadcast reception system 2 of the home 100 via a satellite wave 2402.
Each time the data broadcast encoder 109 is connected to the data broadcast encoder 109, the data broadcast encoder 2304 is provided.

Before describing the configuration of FIG. 32, the features of the fourth embodiment will be described. The fourth embodiment is similar to the third embodiment described above, except that the home (
It is configured to create an MD at home, and that the latest music can be created by data broadcasting. The purchase system according to the fourth embodiment is a service for specific members: (1) a music list (song code) and music data are transmitted by a data broadcast from a broadcasting station 2300; (3) Copyright settlement processing is performed.

Next, preconditions in the fourth embodiment will be described. A. The music list database is stored on a hard disk in the PC TV (maintenance of the music list database is updated by a telephone line at midnight). B. A song list (song code) and song data (digital sound source) of the latest song are downloaded (downloaded) to the PC TV through data broadcasting. Use a dedicated decoder. C. If you want to purchase the latest music, click the button during the main broadcast. At this time,
The music list (song code) is accumulated and sent to the host computer together with the member code. An authorization code is sent back from the host computer. The music data (sound source) is once stored on the hard disk, but is watermarked only by matching with the above-mentioned approval code, and is decrypted. Then, high-speed recording from the hard disk to the MD is performed only once.

Next, the operation of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. First, it is assumed that the record company M has produced, for example, a new song "Love you" by Seiko Matsuda. The record company M immediately registers the new song in the music database and deposits the song sound source (digital) on the same day. Then, a song code, 081AMDM029988, for the new song is given. Next, the record company M brings the promotion video of “Love you” provided with the music code 081AMDM029988 and the music sound source (digital) to, for example, the channel “Latest Music” dedicated to music distribution of JSKY B, thereby obtaining the channel “Latest Music”. ”And let's make Matsuda Seiko's new song“ Love you ”on air and at the same time, the song code 081AMDM0299
88 and a music sound source (digital) are transmitted in the data broadcasting band.

It is assumed that the channel “Latest Song” is turned on on the PC TV monitor, and the new song “Love you” by Seiko Matsuda is just on air. FIG. 33 shows a monitor screen of a PC TV in home 2100. here,
It is assumed that the scene of the song "Love you" of singer A (Seiko Matsuda in the above case) is playing in the main broadcast (in the above case, the channel "Latest Song" of J SKY B).

4-1. Acquisition The item display of “acquisition” and “application” is present on the monitor screen of the PC TV. Here, it is assumed that the item display of “acquisition” is blinking to indicate that direct reception is possible. By clicking or touching this blinking "acquisition" item display, the song code 081AM corresponding to the song "Love you" is displayed.
DM029988 and the music source (digital) are saved on the hard disk of the PC TV.

Similarly, the customer (member) receives the same main broadcast (J SKY B channel “Latest Song”).
In the middle), select the latest song "How to be a girl" by Namie Amuro, and store the song code and song sound source (digital) corresponding to this song on the hard disk of the PC TV.
In this way, it is assumed that several songs are acquired during the same main broadcast, and when the “latest song” is completed, song codes and song sound sources for five songs are stored on the hard disk of the PC TV. Therefore, in this example, the "song code group A" and the "song code group A"
A music sound source group α ”is created.

4-2. Application After completing the acquisition stage, the operation proceeds to an application operation as shown in FIG. By clicking (or touching) the item display of “application” on the monitor screen of the PC TV, the item display of “music”, “shopping”, and “ticket” appears on the monitor screen. Click the "" item. By clicking the item of "music", in this embodiment, a "song code group A" including a plurality of song codes (for example, five songs) and a "customer code E" are created. At the same time, the browser on the hard disk of the PC TV automatically starts up, and on the monitor screen, the display shows "acquisition confirmation / the song you have selected", followed by the song acquired as described above. . In this example, "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is my way of life PUFFY" In addition to the displayed music list, selection items of “sort”, “delete”, “add”, and “OK” are also displayed.

4.2.1. Sorting of songs To sort the order of the selected songs, touching "Sort" will show [] at the right end of each song as follows. "1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro [] 3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING [] 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN [] 5. This is the way I live PUFFY [] In the example of the figure, the first music and the third music are rearranged. Therefore, by inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the music is 3.2. .1.4
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor. On the monitor, the item of "OK" is displayed at the same time, and when the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching this "OK", the display returns to "Your selected song", and the order is changed as follows. The changed song is displayed.

[3. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Amuro Namie 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is the Way I Live PUFFY Touch "OK" By doing, the display "The song you chose" is displayed as "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This will be renumbered and displayed as "PUFFY".

4-2.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching "Delete".
When you touch "Delete", the message "Touch the song you want to delete" is displayed and "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 4 CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 5. This is the track where my life is going to be PUFFY. A list of songs selected is displayed on the monitor screen, and "OK" selections are also displayed. Here, if you want to delete song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko, touch the corresponding part of the above display, the song 3. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko part will be moved from the list, and only that part will be a new page As shown below, "Delete 3. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" is displayed along with the "OK" selection item. If "OK" is touched here, the monitor renumbers the music other than the deleted music and displays it again as follows. "1. FOR THE MOMENT EVERY LITTLE THING 2. HOW TO BE A GIRL Namie Amuro 3. CANDLE IN THE WIND ELTON JOHN 4. This is my way of life PUFFY"

4-2.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the “Add” selection item, and the monitor will display “Add music” on the screen, and the “1-2. Music selection stage” described above. Return to the screen. Then, new music can be added by operating necessary procedures while watching the screen of the monitor. By touching the "end button" after performing the necessary operation in the above-mentioned stage, "song code group A" corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage as described below.

4-3. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below.

4-3.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the above steps, the monitor screen is displayed with the text "Please choose your favorite jacket" as shown in FIG. 5 (see the first embodiment). One screen (that is, one page) shows nine types of jacket designs, and the jacket designs on the other pages are displayed on the monitor by touching the “previous” and “next” item displays. Is displayed. Of course, one screen (1
The number of types of jacket designs included in (Page) may be arbitrarily set. In this example, the design arranged at the upper left of the left column shown in FIG. 5 is selected by touching the monitor, and then, by touching the item display of “OK”, the design corresponding to the selected jacket design is selected. A “jacket design code B” is generated.

4-3.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design, the screen of the monitor is displayed with the characters "Please enter an album title", "keyboard input", and "touch" as shown in FIG. 6 (see the first embodiment). The item "sensor input" is displayed. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, at the same time as touching either the “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” item, the title of the album title is entered as “Album title should be“ LOVE FOR SALE ”.” And the like are sequentially displayed, and the items “change” and “OK” are simultaneously displayed. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

4-4. Final Confirmation Step When the above decoration step is completed, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 7 (see the first embodiment) are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, the content of each item of "album title", "jacket" and "selected song" is displayed again for final confirmation. If you touch the "OK" item display after making this final confirmation, the screen on the monitor will show, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen."
The fee of the MD to be created is displayed.

4-5. Payment Step Following the above step, the monitor screen displays, for example, "
How to pay? Are displayed, along with items such as "credit card", "prepaid card", and "bank withdrawal". Here, if the customer selects a payment method by touching any item display, the text "Please insert a card." Is displayed on the monitor screen, and the customer selects the payment method selected by the card reader. Insert the card corresponding to the method. If the card read by the card reader is approved, "card data D" is created.

4-6. Transmission stage 5. When the payment step is completed, as shown in FIG. 36, the “song code group A”, “card data D” and “customer code E” created as described above
As shown in FIG. 3, the data is sent to the host computer 2202 provided in the back channel company 2200 via the communication system 2108, the telephone line 2400, and the communication system 2201.

4-6.1. The charge settlement host computer 2202 determines the customer database 2208 of the company side database 2210 based on the information of “card data D” and “customer code E”.
Then, it searches the billing settlement database 2209 and sends necessary information therefrom to a predetermined financial institution, such as a bank or a credit company, and performs billing settlement for the customer. 4-6.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 2202 searches the music list database 2203 and the copyright database 2206 of the music database 2207 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 2206 of the music database 2207.
Sends necessary information to JASRAC, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing.

4-7. As shown in FIG. 37, after the reception of the "song code group A", "card data D" and "customer code E" is confirmed by the host computer 2202 of the back channel company 2200, the host computer 2202 changes the "customer code E". Accompanying “approval code β” is home 21
00 PC TV.

4-8. As shown in FIG. 38, the “song source group α” stored in the hard disk of the PC TV in the home 2100 and the “authorization code” sent from the host computer 2202 of the back channel company 2200 in the above-mentioned encryption authentication stage If “β” matches, the desired music can be recorded on the MD (only once, with watermark).

4-9. MD board production work After completing the above steps, enter the MD production phase. An MD board production operation (that is, recording) is performed in the home 2100. That is, 4-8. The music of the music sound source group α decompressed in the above is recorded at high speed to the MD by the MD writer 2106.

4-10. Jacket production work In the home 2100, “Song code group A”, “Jacket design code B”
And the album title character data C, the jacket production work is also performed by the printer 2107. Here, first, based on the "song code group A",
The music list database 2103 of the home side database 2105 is searched,
The attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 2103 and the index database 2105, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, "Jacket Design Code B
”, The selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

In the above-described embodiments, the personal recording medium purchasing system, the personal recording medium purchasing method, and the case where the recording medium recording the personal recording medium purchasing program of the present invention is applied to music. However, the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention is not limited to only the above-mentioned music, and for example, uses a video or audio such as a movie as an information source, or uses an image or audio such as graphics. The present invention can also be applied to those using game software as an information source. Therefore, by using the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention, etc.,
The consumer can independently produce and purchase a recording medium that records only the information desired by the consumer from among these pieces of information.

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fifth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. Before describing the configuration of FIG. 39, the features of the fifth embodiment will be described. A major difference from the other embodiments described above is that the present embodiment utilizes an IC card (also referred to as a smart card). In the present embodiment, when listening to a music program such as an FM broadcast broadcast from a broadcasting station on a click radio to which an IC card can be attached and detached, when a favorite music is played, the IC card Is attached to the click radio, and information of the music (song code) is stored in an IC card storage device by pressing an acquisition button provided on the click radio, and the IC card storing the music code is stored in a convenience store or the like. Favorite songs (including songs heard in music programs) by bringing them to KIOSK
It is configured to be able to apply for the production of an MD composed of the above, and to purchase a customer's own MD.

The fifth embodiment of the purchase system according to the present invention having the configuration shown in FIG. 39 is as follows: (1) A click radio and an IC card are used. It is a service; (2) Only the music list (song code) is transmitted from the broadcasting station by data broadcasting; Click on the radio acquisition button; (4) If information on the desired song is stored on the IC card, access the host computer with the IC card at the store; (5) The compilation MD is delivered to the home; (6) Copyright and accounting settlement processing is performed; (7) In order to use this system, members are a) distributed by member registration B) The user has an IC card; b) The IC card is detachable, a music broadcast transmitted from a broadcasting station selected by the tuner can be received via an antenna, and a favorite song while listening to the music broadcast. That the user has a click radio equipped with a function to store the music code corresponding to the music on the IC card by mounting the IC card and clicking the acquisition button of the click radio when the music flows is necessary.

As shown in FIG. 39, the main part of the purchase system of the present embodiment is the IC card 50
00, Click Radio 5100, Store 5200, Back Channel Company 53
00 and a broadcasting station 5400. Although not shown, the IC card 5000 includes a CPU (central processing unit) and a storage device (such as an EPROM), and information about a member registration number (or a password unique to each member) can be stored in the IC card 5000 by member registration. Is configured to be stored in the storage device. Click radio 5100 is a tuner (not shown) that can select various broadcasting stations
And FM / AM broadcast and data broadcast broadcast from the broadcast station selected by the tuner (here, it is assumed that both FM / AM broadcast and data broadcast are transmitted using digital signals. A data broadcast receiving unit 5101 having a data broadcast receiving function including an antenna (not shown) for receiving an analog signal), connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 and received by the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 After the digital signal of the music program is decoded and converted into an analog signal, an analog music signal (hereinafter, music signal or Data broadcast decoder 510 having a function of reproducing music).
2. Digital tune code (hereinafter referred to as tune code) connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 and the data broadcast decoder 5102 and corresponding to the tune included in the data broadcast signal received by the data broadcast receiving unit 5101 Is stored in the IC card 5000.

The store 5200 is connected to an MD production application reception system 5201 including a monitor, an IC card reader, and a database search / application terminal (not shown), and is connected to the MD production application reception system 5201.
Control section 5202 for controlling the music code read from 000, and control section 5202
Is provided with a communication system 5203 connected to. The back channel company 5300 includes a communication system 5301 connected to the communication system 5203 of the store 5200 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like, a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 5302 connected to the communication system 5301, and a host computer. A music database 5307 including a music list database 5303, a music data database 5304, an index database 5305, and a copyright database 5306 connected to the music database 5302, and an MD writer 530 connected to the music database 5307
8. A printer 5309 connected to the music database 5307 and a company database 5312 connected to the host computer 5302 and including a customer database 5310 and a billing and settlement database 5311.

The broadcasting station 5400 includes a communication system 5401 and a communication system 540 connected to the communication system 5301 of the back channel company 5300 via satellite waves or the like.
Data broadcast database 5402, data broadcast database 54 connected to
02, a data broadcast transmission server 5403, and a data broadcast transmission server 540
3 and a data broadcast encoder 5404 connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 5102 of the click radio 5100 of the member listening to the music program via the satellite wave. The system shown in FIG. 39 is provided with a copyright database 5306 for storing information about copyright mainly concerning music in various countries of the world. This copyright database 530
6 stores information related to copyright rights related to music in particular, but is also configured to store copyright information related to other fields such as movies (mainly information related to copyright rights). You may.

The host computer 5302 stores the music information in the music list database 530.
3 and a request music discriminating unit 5314 having a function of registering in the music data database 5304. The request music discriminating unit 5314 is connected to an input / output (I / O) device 5313 via a communication system 5301. By inputting music information from the I / O device 5313, the lyricist, composer, and arranger, who are the copyright owner of the music, can communicate with the communication system 5.
The song information can be easily registered in the song list database 5303 and the song data database 5304 via the request song determination section 5314 and the song information 301. In addition, the host computer 5302 performs a music list / list based on the music used.
It has an applicable copyright-related information determining unit 5318 having a function of searching and determining a copyright related to music information registered in the database 5303 and the music data database 5304 from the copyright database 5306.

Further, the host computer 5302 includes a music use frequency counting unit 5316 having a function of counting the number of times the used music is used. The host computer 5302 has a function of determining a royalty distribution rate based on the rights relationship of the applied copyright determined by the applied copyright-related information determining unit 5318 and the information stored in the charging determination database 5311. And a loyalty determining unit 5319. The host computer 5302 collects a predetermined charge from the user of the music based on the counting result from the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the royalty distribution rate determined by the royalty determination unit 5319, and is used. It is provided with a function of returning predetermined royalties to agents such as music publishers and record companies related to music and copyright holders. This function can be easily implemented by using an IC card.

Further, the charge and loyalty determination unit 5319 of the host computer 5302
Also has a function that can change the billing information based on the information on the purpose of use of the registered music. The music usage purpose determining unit 5315 of the host computer 5302 has a function of determining the usage purpose of the music to be used and storing the determination result for a predetermined period (until it becomes unnecessary). The customer certification unit 5317 of the host computer 5302 certifies the customer information input from the store 5200, the broadcasting station 5400, or the I / O device 5313 by referring to the customer database 5310, or needs new customer information. It has a function to store it in the customer database 5310 in response.

The I / O device 5313 can be installed in a store 5200, a broadcasting station 5400, and the like. With such a configuration, users such as a broadcasting station can easily access a desired music, and a lyricist, a composer, and an arranger can register their copyrighted lyrics, score, etc. Becomes easier.

Next, the operation of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 5-1. Acquisition Stage by IC Card As shown in FIG. 40, a member broadcasts a music program broadcasted from a broadcasting station 5400 by a click radio 5100, for example, a FM broadcast music program “J-WAVE SEL”.
It is assumed that the user is listening to “ECTION” (hereinafter referred to as a music program). Broadcasting station 5400, when a member is listening to a music program on click radio 5100,
For example, it is assumed that Seiko Matsuda's "Love you" is aired on-air and the music code 081AMDM029988 corresponding to the music is simultaneously broadcast in the data broadcasting band. When listening to a music program, members can listen to their favorite song, Seiko Matsuda's "Love
Since "you" is being broadcast, the IC card 5000 is inserted into the click radio 5100, and the acquisition button (not shown) is clicked. Song code 081AMDM029988 corresponding to Seiko Matsuda's "Love you" is clicked by clicking the acquisition button.
It is stored in the storage device of the card 5000.

[0192] Similarly, the member selected Namie Amuro's latest song "CAN YOU CELEBR" from another music program.
ATE "and the music code corresponding to this music is stored in the storage device of the IC card 5000. As shown in the flowchart of FIG. 41, the member acquires several songs from various music programs (
In step S1), an appropriate number of songs, for example, song codes for five songs, are stored in the storage device of the IC card 5000 (step S2), and the accumulation of song data (downloading of song codes) in the IC card 5000 ends (step S1). Step S3). When the above steps are completed, the user brings the IC card 5000 to the store 5200 and applies for an MD as described below.

5-2. Member Confirmation Stage As shown in FIG. 42, in the store 5200, the MD production application reception system 520
Touch the "Start" item display on the screen of a touch sensor type monitor (hereinafter simply referred to as a monitor) of No. 1 to switch on the purchasing system. "Welcome !!" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please insert an IC card". Here, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 43, the store 5200 first performs a member authentication process (step S11). That is, as shown in FIG. 42, if the customer is a registered member of the purchasing system, the customer inserts his IC card 5000 into an IC card reader (not shown) of the MD production application receiving system 5201. After the IC card reader reads the IC card 5000, "Please enter your password" is displayed on the screen of the monitor. Based on the display, the member inputs a unique password that is different for each member. The password is input by touching a number and / or an alphabetic character displayed on the screen of the monitor.
The signal including the input password information and the signal including the member registration number information previously read from the IC card 5000 by the IC card reader are transmitted from the communication system 5203 via a telephone line, a dedicated line, or the Internet. Then, it is sent to the server client system (host computer) 5302 via the communication system 5301 of the back channel company 5300.

In the back channel company 5300, as shown in the flow of FIG. 45, the host computer 5302 receives the signal including the information of the personal identification number and the information of the member registration number sent from the store 5200 (step S21). Then, the customer management database 5310 of the company database 5312 is searched based on the received signal (step S22), and it is determined whether the customer is a valid member (step S22).
Step S23), the signal including the information of the matching result is transmitted to the communication system 53.
01, via the telephone line, the communication system 5203 of the store 5200, the control unit 52
02, and sends it to the MD production application receiving system 5201 (step S24). The host computer 5302 creates a customer code E if the customer is a valid member.

The MD production application reception system 5201 of the store 5200 displays “OK” if the customer is a valid member on the monitor screen based on the received signal including the information of the matching result, and displays the invalid member. If it is, "Invalid" is displayed (Fig. 4
Step S12). If the security code is entered incorrectly during the above operation, "Invalid" is displayed on the monitor screen, followed by "Please confirm and enter the security code again". Then, the personal identification number may be input again.
In this case, as in the first embodiment, the number of re-inputs of the password may be limited from the viewpoint of security. Then, if "OK" is not displayed on the monitor screen within a predetermined number of times, the purchasing system may be automatically turned off.

5-3. Acquired song display stage In the above stage, if "OK" is displayed on the monitor screen, the monitor uses the song data stored on the IC card 5000 to correspond to the song data. Are displayed in a list (step S13 in FIG. 43).

That is, “OK” is displayed on the monitor screen, and at the same time, a “song code group A” and a “customer code E” including song codes of a plurality of songs (five songs in this example) are created. Then, on the screen of the monitor, as shown in FIG. 44, following the display of "acquisition confirmation / the music selected by you", the music acquired as described above is displayed. In this example, 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Acquired to the storage device of IC card 5000 like Hiromi Hirose A list of songs corresponding to the selected song code is displayed on the monitor, along with “Sort”, “Delete”, “Add”,
A selection item of “OK” is also displayed.

5-4. Music composition stage 5-4.1. Next, the procedure of rearranging the order of the selected music will be described with reference to FIG. 44 again. When you touch the "Sort" item on the monitor screen, as shown below,
[] Is displayed at the right end of each song on the monitor screen.
1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda [] 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro [] 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING [] 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki [] 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose [] And the third song are rearranged. By inputting 3, 2, 1, 4, and 5 in order from the top in [], the order of the songs is 3.2.1.4.
. 5. Is changed to Of course, the order of the songs may be rearranged using other well-known methods such as using a cursor.

On the screen of the monitor, the item of “OK” is displayed at the same time. When the desired rearrangement is completed, by touching the item of “OK”, the screen of the monitor becomes The song is returned to the display, and the songs whose order has been changed are displayed as follows. 3. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 1. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose 1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 3. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy Ending Eiichi Otaki 5. PROMISE Kami Hirose Is done.

5-4.2. Song preview confirmation stage Before creating an MD based on the songs listed with the indication "The song you chose", to check whether those songs are actually what the member wants , The first song "1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE T
It is necessary to actually listen to a part of each song of "5 PROMISE Kami Hirose" which is the fifth song from "HING". When the member turns on the music listening device (not shown) installed in the MD production application receiving system 5201 of the store 5200 and attaches the headphones connected to the music listening device to the ear, the member can monitor the device. A part of the lyrics and / or melody of each song listed on the screen can be heard through the headphones, and a point in the list displayed on the monitor screen corresponding to the song flowing from the headphones is highlighted by a tone. Can be visually confirmed by referring to the location. This operation can be easily performed by synchronizing the music signal and the signal for displaying the music list displayed on the monitor. Based on the result of the music sample listening confirmation step, it is possible to execute the steps of “deletion” and / or “addition” as described below as necessary.

5-4.2. Deletion of music The deletion of the selected music can be performed by touching the item of “delete”. If you touch the item of "Delete", "Touch the song you want to delete"
1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda 3. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 4. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 5. On the screen, and the selection item of "OK" is also displayed at the same time.

Here, when deleting “2. LOVE YOU Matsuda Seiko” in the music list,
When you touch the corresponding song display area on the monitor screen, the song "2.
The part "Seiko Matsuda" is moved from the list, and only that part is displayed on a new page as "Delete 2. LOVE YOU Seiko Matsuda" with a selection of "OK" as follows on the monitor screen. You. If the user touches the "OK" item, the screen of the monitor re-numbers the songs other than the deleted song and displays the same again as follows. 1. FACE THE CHANGE EVERY LITTLE THING 2. CAN YOU CELEBRATE? Namie Amuro 3. Happy ending Eiichi Otaki 4. PROMISE Kami Hirose

5-4.3. Adding music To add a new music, touch the "Add" selection item and the monitor screen will display "Add music" and the other embodiments described above, for example,
The screen returns to the "music selection stage" screen shown in the embodiment. Then, as described above, a new song can be added by operating a necessary procedure while watching the screen of the monitor. After performing necessary operations in the music composition stage, by touching the item of "end button" on the screen, "music code group A" corresponding to the composed music is generated. By touching the item of "end button", the screen of the monitor also shifts to the next stage, as described below.

5-5. Decoration Stage In this stage, the user mainly selects the MD jacket design and inputs the album title. Since this step is the same as in the first embodiment, the same description will be repeated below. 5-5.1. Selection of jacket design At the end of the above steps, as shown in FIG. 46, the screen of the monitor is accompanied by the text "Please select your favorite jacket" and, in this example, one screen (ie, one page) 9 shows designs of jackets, and jacket designs of other pages are displayed on the monitor by touching “previous” and “next” item displays, respectively. Of course, the number of types of jacket designs included in one screen (one page) may be set arbitrarily.

In this example, the design located at the bottom of the center column of the left jacket column shown in FIG. 46 is selected by touching the monitor, and then “OK”
", The" jacket design code B "corresponding to the selected jacket design is generated.

5-5.2. Input of album title After the selection of the jacket design is completed, the monitor screen displays, as shown in FIG. Done. The customer touches one of the items “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input”, and then inputs the album title determined by the user using the keyboard or based on the touch sensor. On the monitor screen, as soon as one of the items of “keyboard input” or “touch sensor input” is touched, “Album title is“ NEW
Passion is fine. ", And the characters of the album title and the like, which are input, are sequentially displayed, and the items" change "and" OK "are simultaneously displayed. If the customer wants to change the input album title while looking at the screen of the monitor, he touches "change" and performs the input again according to the procedure described above. If the input album title is acceptable, touching “OK” causes “Album title character data C” corresponding to the displayed album title to be displayed.
Is created.

5-6. Final Confirmation Step Upon completion of the decoration step, confirmation items as shown in FIG. 48 are displayed on the monitor screen. That is, "Album title", "Jacket"
And the contents of each item of “selected song” are displayed again for final confirmation. After touching the "OK" item display after the final confirmation, the price of the MD you are trying to create is displayed on the monitor screen, for example, "Your fee is 2,000 yen." Is

5-7. Payment Stage In this embodiment, the bank is automatically debited with electronic money of the "IC card" type. As shown in FIG. 49, the credit information is read from the storage device of the IC card 5000 by the IC card read, and a signal including the credit information is sent to the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 to perform the approval data receiving process ( Step S31), based on the received approval data, the customer database 5310, the billing settlement database 53
11 to perform a credit approval process (step S32), and transmits the result to the store 5200 to perform an approval result transmission process (step S33). These processes (steps S31 to S33) are executed to create “card data D”.

5-8. Transmission Step After the payment step is completed, as shown in FIGS. 50 and 51, the “song code group A”, “jacket design code B”, “album title character data C”, "Card data D" and "customer code E" are shown in FIG.
9 via a communication system 5203, a telephone line, and a communication system 5301 to a host computer 5302 provided in the back channel company 5300. 5-8.1. The charge settlement host computer 5302 stores the customer database 5310 in the company database 5312 based on the information of the “card data D” and the “customer code E”.
Then, the charge settlement database 5311 is searched and necessary information is sent to a predetermined financial institution such as a bank or a credit company, and the charge settlement of the customer is performed (steps S41 to S42 in FIG. 51).

5-8.2. Copyright Processing The host computer 5302 searches the music list database 5303 and the copyright database 5306 of the music database 5307 based on the information of the “song code group A”, and obtains the copyright database 5306 of the music database 5307.
And sends necessary information to JASRAC, HARRY FOX, a record company, etc. to perform copyright and master copy processing (step S43 in FIG. 51).

5-9. MD board production work After completing each of the above steps, enter the MD production phase. In this embodiment, the MD board production work, that is, the recording is performed by the back channel company 5300 (step S44 in FIG. 51). The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 5304 of the music database 5307 is searched, a music piece corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 5304, and the selected music piece is read by the MD writer. By 5308, high-speed recording is performed on the MD.

5-10. Jacket Production Work The back channel company 5300 also performs a jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) by the printer 5309 based on the “song code group A”, the “jacket design code B”, and the “album title character data C”. Will be Here, the music data database 5304 of the music database 5307 is first searched based on the “music code group A”, and the music list database 5303 is searched.
Then, the attribute of each song is selected from the index database 5305, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. Then, based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket.

5-11. Mailing work The host computer 5302 searches the customer database 5310 of the company side database 5312 based on the information of the “customer code E”,
After printing the address label of the customer from the information and the like, packing the product, and then mailing the MD. As a result, the member can receive the ordered MD. FIG.
Is a summary of the processing described above in the fifth embodiment. By using the system of the present invention, various rights related to music copyright as described above can be efficiently handled as described below.

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a configuration of a main part of a server client system which is a part of the back channel company in all the embodiments described above. 39, an I / O (input / output) device is connected to the communication system 5301. Hereinafter, the configuration of the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 will be described with reference to FIG. The host computer 5302 determines whether or not the music requested by the member is already registered in the system based on the information on the music included in the signal transmitted from the store, by using the music list database 5303 and the music data database 5304. And a request music discriminating unit 5314 which is connected to the request music discriminating unit 5314 for searching and discriminating the requested music. If it is determined that the requested music is already registered in the system, the purpose of use of the requested music is The song usage purpose determining unit 5315, the song database (song list database 5303 and the song data database 5304), the song usage purpose determining unit 5315, and the copyright-related database (the index database 5305 and the copyright database 530) ), And retrieves a copyright-related database based on the information about the use purpose of the music determined by the music usage purpose determination unit 5315 and the requested music stored in the music data and applies the search to the requested music. And an applied copyright-related information determining unit 5318 for determining copyright-related information to be performed.

Also, the host computer 5302 is connected to the communication system 5301 and counts the number of times of use of the requested song, a song count counter 5316, a song count counter 5316, an applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318, and A billing and loyalty determination unit 5319 connected to the billing settlement database 5311 and deciding billing and royalties for the requested music based on the number of music usages, applied copyright-related information, and billing settlement information is provided. I have. The host computer 5302 is connected to the communication system 5301 and the customer database 5310, and includes information included in the signal transmitted from the store and customer information stored in the customer database 5310 (mainly information on members, lyricists, composers, etc.). , Arranger information, record companies, music publishers, entertainment productions,
And the like, and confirms whether or not the person who has requested the music is a member, based on the information on the agent, and transmits necessary member information to the customer database 5.
The system further includes a customer certifying unit 5317 for sending the read data from the 310 to the communication system 5301. The I / O device 5313 is configured to input / output a signal including information different from information input from the store 5200.

In this embodiment, the I / O device 5313 is configured so that an IC card (smart card) can be inserted / removed, but the present invention is not limited to this format. From an I / O device 5313 using an IC card: 1. Registration of lyrics from the lyricist; 2. registration of a composition from the composer; 3. Arrangement from the arranger; 4. Request music from people who want to use the music (other than those who want to create MD), register the music and purpose of use; 5. Registration of the number of times the requested song has been used by the song user (other than the MD creation applicant); and 6. Output of billing information to music use applicants using the music; 7. Output of royalty payment information to the lyricist; 8. Output of royalty payment information to the composer; 9. Output of royalty payment information to the arranger; 10. Output of payment information to each agent; Copyright-related information database 5305, 53 relating to copyright-related information
The latest information can be easily registered in the 06. At the time of registration, security may be ensured using an encryption technique.

Also, a card reader having an IC card reading / writing function is installed in a music reproducing apparatus used when using music, and a predetermined IC card (member registered) is inserted into the card reader. Otherwise, by configuring the music playback device not to function, the number of times of use of music used in a broadcasting station or a karaoke bar can be automatically written into an IC card by a card reader, and information on the number of use of music can be stored. It can be stored in an IC card. Then, by inserting the IC card storing the information on the number of times of use of the music into another card reader for IC card installed in the I / O device and reading the information on the number of times of use of the stored music, the illegal operation of the music is performed. The use of the music can be prevented, and the payment of an appropriate charge for the used music and the return of royalties can be performed.

At this time, the data broadcast signal transmitted to the broadcasting station or the karaoke bar includes a portion including information on the song itself, a portion including information on a song code corresponding to the song, and information on the number of times the song has been used. What is necessary is just to comprise so that it may have at least the part containing. Of these, the portion including the information on the song code corresponding to the song and the portion including the information on the number of times of use are incorporated into the data broadcast signal by using a technique such as so-called “digital watermarking”. It is possible to prevent improper behavior by the user. Here, regarding the copyright regarding music, the cases in Japan and the United States will be schematically described, respectively, and by using the system of the present invention shown in FIGS. 39 and 53,
The fact that complex copyrights can be handled efficiently is described below.

In Japan, there can be roughly three copyright owners regarding music: 1. Lyricist, composer, arranger, music publisher (copyright holder) 2. Artist (neighboring copyright holder) Record Creator (Adjacent Copyright Owner) As an example of the copyright that the copyright owner may have, the song "Red Sweet Pe" by Seiko Matsuda will be described (arranger's description is omitted). (1) Genre Japanese music (2) Music name Red sweet pea (3) Artist Seiko Matsuda (4) Lyricist Takashi Matsumoto (5) Composer Karuho Kureda (6) Production date July 1, 1982 (7) Master production Japan (8) Master creator Sun Music Publishing (9) Record maker Sony Music Entertainment (10) Representative publisher Japan (11) Representative publisher Sun Music Publishing (12) Copyright management organization a. Right to record (optional) b. Performance rights (optional) In this example, there are two copyright holders for the lyrics and composition: the lyricist Takashi Matsumoto and the composer Karuho Kureta (known better as Yumi Matsutoya). Artist Seiko Matsuda is a copyright holder (described below).

[0220] 1. The lyricist Takashi Matsumoto and the composer Karuho Kureda described in A. As the author's moral rights: (a1) the right to publish; (a2) the right to display his / her name; request that the songwriter's name, Karuta Kureda, be displayed when this song is broadcast on a television music program. (A3) Right of preserving identity; possesses the right to request that a song replacement be not broadcast when it is broadcast on a television or radio program.

B. As copyright (property) rights: (b1) right to copy; exclusive right to copy music to records, tapes, videos, etc. (b2) right to perform; exclusive right to play music at concerts, karaoke, etc. (b3) public transmission Right; Exclusive right to broadcast and transmit music on TV, radio, cable broadcasting, Internet, etc. (b4) Rental right; Exclusive right to lend copies of the music to the public (b5) Right to adapt; Translate, arrange music (B6) Right to use secondary works; Exclusive right to use adapted songs (b7) Claim for private recording compensation; Compensation for private reproduction by digital devices You have the right to claim money.

[0222] 2. Artist Seiko Matsuda (and the accompaniment group of the song) has the following copyright rights: (c1) Recording and video recording rights; Exclusive right to record and video the artist's performance (c2) Broadcasting rights Cable broadcasting right; Exclusive right to broadcast artist's performance and cable broadcasting (c3) Rental right; Exclusive right to rent a commercial record on which the performance is recorded to the public (one year after release by a Cabinet Order) (c4) The right to transmit; exclusive right to upload the artist's performance to the server; (c5) the right to charge secondary usage of the commercial record; if the commercial record in which the performance is recorded is used by broadcast or cable broadcast, Right to claim secondary usage fee (c6) Rental remuneration claim right; commercial records that record performances that have passed one year after release have been loaned When used Ri, right (c7) such compensation claims capable claim remuneration; right 3 may claim a compensation for private copying by digital equipment. The creator of the record, that is, the maker of the master tape (hereinafter, referred to as the master) has the following copyright right as well as the artist: (d1) Copying right; duplicating the master to manufacture records, videos, etc. Exclusive rights (d2) Lending rights; Exclusive rights to lend the commercial record whose master copy has been duplicated to the public (one year after release according to the Cabinet Order) (d3) Right to enable transmission; Upload artist's performance to server Exclusive rights (d4) Right to claim secondary usage fees for commercial records; Right to claim secondary usage fees when a commercial record whose master is duplicated is used by broadcasting or cable broadcasting (d5) ) Loan remuneration claim right; the right to claim a remuneration if a commercial record that has been copied from the original one year after its release is used by lending ( Right to make a claim for compensation for private copying by digital equipment; 6) such compensation claims

Here, returning to FIG. 39 and FIG. 53, the operation of the system of the present invention, in particular, the operation of the information flow relating to the copyright thereof will be described. When a member listens to a radio music program on Click Radio 5100, Seiko Matsuda's song "Red Sweet Pea" is playing. Click on the IC card 5000 and insert it into the radio 5100. Consider a case where the music code “081AMDM029998” of the music “Red Sweet Pea” is stored in the storage device (for simplicity of description, it is assumed that only one music is stored). The member brings the IC card 5000 in which the music code is stored to the store 5200 and sends the IC card 5 to the IC card reader of the MD production application receiving system 5201.
Insert 000 and apply for MD production. The control unit 5202 stores the music code 081AMDM read by the IC card reader.
A signal including the information of 029998 is transmitted to the host computer 5302 of the back channel company 5300 through the communication systems 5203 and 5301.

In the host computer 5302 that has received the signal, first, the requested music discriminating unit 5314 searches the music database 5303, 5304 based on the information of the music code 081AMDM029998, and determines whether the requested music is registered in the system. Is determined. Here, it is assumed that “registered” has been determined. Next, the music use purpose determining unit 5315 determines the use purpose of the requested music based on the music use purpose information included in the signal. Here, when the signal is sent from the store 5200, the information “Personal recording on MD” is added, so the music use purpose is determined to be “Personal recording on MD”. You. Next, the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 searches the music data 5303 and 5304 based on the information of the music usage purpose “Personal recording on MD”, and from the above information, (3) Artist Seiko Matsuda (4) Lyricist Takashi Matsumoto (5) Composer Karuho Kureda (7) Master recording place Japan (8) Master recording maker Sun Music Publishing (9) Record creator Get information on Sony Music Entertainment and copyright Search the related databases 5305 and 5306,

[0225] 1. (A1) Right to publish; (a2) Right to display name; (a3) Right to maintain identity; (b1) Right to copy; (b2) (B3) the right to send; (b4) the right to adapt; (b6) the right to use secondary works; (b7) the right to claim compensation for private recordings;

[0226] 2. (C1) Recording and video recording rights; (c2) Broadcasting and cable broadcasting rights; (c3) Lending rights; (c4) Transmission enabling rights; (c5) Commercial (C6) Rental remuneration claim; (c7) Private recording and video recording compensation claim information;

[0227] 3. (D1) right to copy; (d2) right to rent; (d3) right to enable transmission; (d4) request for secondary use of commercial records (D5) Request for loan remuneration; (d6) Claim for private recording and compensation.

Here, it is assumed that the broadcaster has registered use of the music radio program from the I / O device 5313 before broadcasting it. The appropriate copyright-related information determination unit 5318 determines an appropriate right based on the information of “personal recording on MD” among the above-mentioned copyright-related information. Next, the music use frequency counting unit 5316 counts the number of times the music is used. The billing and loyalty determining unit 5319 stores the billing and settlement database 5311 based on the information of the result counted by the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the copyright information determined by the applied copyright related information determining unit 5318. The communication system 5301 searches, calculates billing and royalties, and uses the calculated results.
Via the I / O device 5313, and outputs information on royalties to each copyright holder and each agent.

In the above example, since the copyright is within the scope of Japan, only the copyright needs to consider information related to the Japanese copyright. Copyrights for Japanese music are generally owned by JASRAC (Japanese Society for Rights of Authors, Composers and Publishers).
). JASRAC receives the trust of music copyright holders, grants licenses to music users, and collects and distributes royalties. Therefore,
If all the copyright holders are registered members of JASRAC, each of the above rights items (a
Items 1) to (d6) can be simplified by the item "JASRAC registered member", and the operations and functions of the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 and the charging and royalty determination unit 5319 can be further simplified. it can.

Next, the copyright in the United States will be schematically described. U.S. copyright can be divided into five rights, as follows: 1. right to reproduce; 2. right to distribute; 3. right to prepare derivative works; 4. Right to perform; and Right to display US copyright does not include the equivalent of the moral rights of the Japanese writer (no statutory provisions) and the neighboring rights. Here, the US copyright on music will be described in comparison with the Japanese copyright on music.

In Japan, the subject of copyright, that is, a work is music (lyrics and melody), and therefore the lyricist and composer have copyright, and the record creator and artist have copyright have. On the other hand, in the United States, the subject of copyright, i.e., a work, is a record, and copyright is considered in practice as described below. 1. Music publishers (representing lyricists and composers): (f1) performance rights (performance rights); (f2) mechanical rights (a type of reproduction right); record rights (f3) synchronization rights (adaptation rights) (F4) Publication right (a type of publishing right); right to publish music scores, etc. for records. 2. The record company has (g1) rights for sound recordings; (g2) performance rights (but limited to digital) for records.

Here, as an example, consider a song “LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER” by BON JOVI. (1) Genre Western music (2) Song name LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER (3) No subtitle (4) Japanese title Living on a player (5) Artist BON JOVI (6) Lyricist BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD ( (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (7) Composer BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (8) Production date 1986 (9) Master recording country United States (10) First issue Geography America (11) Master copy holder POLYGRAM RECORDS, INC. (12) Licensee Polygram Inc. (13) ORIGINAL PUBLISHER BON JOVI PUBLISHING AGGRESSIVE MUSIC DESMOBILE INC. (14) FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC. EMI APRIL MUSIC INC. (15) SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM MUSIC JAPAN INC. MUSIC PUBLISHING CO., LTD

First, as a lyricist / composer, BON JOVI uses PUBLISHER (eg, ORIG
Contract with INAL PUBLISHER, such as BON JOVI PUSBLISHING, and FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER, such as POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC.). PUBLISHER (hereinafter referred to as music publisher), as mentioned above, BON JOV
Regarding the music of I, (f1) performance right, (f2) mechanical right, (f3)
) Has a synchronization right and (f4) a publication right. On the other hand, BON JOVI as an artist makes a contract with a record company (for example, Polygram). The record company has (g1) sound recording rights and (g2) performance rights (limited to digital ones). In the United States, performance rights are generally managed by organizations such as ASCAP, BMI, and SESAC, and the affiliated organizations collect royalties from television stations, radio stations, nightclubs, and the like. Synchronization rights are controlled by the music publisher, and mechanical rights are controlled by the music publisher independently,
Or it is managed by Harry Fox Agency (hereinafter, Harry Fox).

Harry Fox has been sponsored by NMPA (NATIONAL MUSIC PU
BLISHERS ASSOCIATION)), which manages copyrights and represents about 13,000 music publishers. Regarding mechanical rights, a predetermined amount is collected per record based on Article 115 of the US Copyright Act. Thus, regarding mechanical rights, Harry Fox collects a predetermined amount from a record company and hands it to a music publisher, who pays the lyricist / composer according to the contract. On the other hand, synchronization rights are determined on a negotiation basis. The artist also receives artist loyalty from the record company on a negotiation basis for one record.

[0235] As described above, the content of the copyright of music differs from country to country. Therefore, the royalties returned to lyric writers, composers, arrangers and artists generally depend on the rights held by each right holder defined by the copyright of each country. However, in practice, many lyricists, composers, arrangers, and artists
Belongs to certain agents, such as music publishers, record companies, entertainment productions, etc., and those agents act on their behalf to the appropriate rightful lyricists, composers, arrangers and artists. Each of them pays royalties. As described above, services provided by agents such as record companies and music publishers also have specific rights, and royalties are paid to the agents according to the services.

In the case of a lyricist, a composer, an arranger, or an artist who does not belong to the above-mentioned agents, negotiation of payment of royalties to the user is performed independently based on the rights of each. I do. Here, BON JOV using the system of the present invention shown in FIGS. 39 and 53 again.
The case where the song I is "recorded on MD" will be described. When the member listens to the radio music program on the click radio 5100, the song "LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER" of BON JOVI was played.
Click to insert into radio 5100 and click the acquire button to get IC card 50
Consider a case in which the music code of the music piece “LIVIN 'ON A PRAYER” is stored in the storage device 00 (for the sake of simplicity, it is assumed that only one music piece is stored as in the previous case).

The member brings the IC card 5000 in which the music code is stored to the store 5200, and inserts the IC card 5 into the IC card reader of the MD production application receiving system 5201.
Insert 000 and apply for MD production. The control unit 5202 transmits a signal including the information of the music code read by the IC card reader to the back channel company 530 through the communication systems 5203 and 5301.
0 to the host computer 5302. In the host computer 5302 that has received the signal, first, the requested music discriminating unit 5314 determines the music database 5303, 530 based on the music code information.
4 to determine whether the requested song is registered in the system. Here, it is assumed that “registered” has been determined. Next, the music use purpose determining unit 5315 determines the use purpose of the requested music based on the music use purpose information included in the signal. Here, when the signal is sent from the store 5200, the information “Personal recording on MD” is added, so the music use purpose is determined to be “Personal recording on MD”. You. Next, the applied copyright-related information determination unit 5318 searches the music data 5303 and 5304 based on the information of the music usage purpose “Personal recording on MD”, and from the above information, (5) Artist BON JOVI (6) Lyricist BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) CHILD DESMOND (ASCAP) (7) Composer BON JOVI (ASCAP) SAMBORA RICHARD (ASCAP) 1986 (9) United States of America where the master is produced (10) First issue United States (11) Owner of the original master POLYGRAM RECORDS, INC. (12) Licensee Polygram Inc. (13) ORIGINAL PUBLISHER BON JOVI PUBLISHING AGGRESSIVE MUSIC DESMOBILE INC. (14) FIRST SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHING INC. EMI APRIL MUSIC INC. (15) SUB-PUBLISHER POLYGRAM MUSIC JAPAN INC. Get information on MUSIC PUBLISHING CO., LTD and search copyright related databases 5305 and 5306. 1. Information related to copyrights owned by the music publisher, (f1) performance rights, (f2) mechanical rights, (f3) synchronization rights, and (f4) publication rights. The copyright related rights of the record company (Sony Records), (g1) sound recording right, (g2) performance right (however, limited to digital ones) are determined. Here, it is assumed that the broadcaster has already registered use of the music radio program from the I / O device 5313 before broadcasting it.

An appropriate copyright-related information determining unit 5318 determines an appropriate right from the above-mentioned copyright-related information based on the information of “personal recording on MD”. Here, the information necessary as the copyright-related information for the personal recording of the MD is only the recording right of the copyright owner and the duplication right of the record creator. Next, the music use frequency counting unit 5316 counts the number of times the music is used. The billing and loyalty determining unit 5319 stores the billing and settlement database 5311 based on the information of the result counted by the music use frequency counting unit 5316 and the copyright information determined by the applied copyright related information determining unit 5318. The communication system 5301 searches, calculates billing and royalties, and uses the calculated results.
Via the I / O device 5313, and to the music publishers and record companies in the United States, such as the Internet Use it to output information about royalties.

As described above, by using the system of the present invention, it is possible to easily license music in Japan and other countries (eg, the United States),
Payment of royalties to copyright holders for the use of the song can be made easily and accurately on a global scale. (Note that the above-mentioned BON JOV
In the case of the song I, since the record company and the music publisher that manage the song of BON JOVI exist in Japan, the royalty calculation result may be sent to those agents. ) If there is no agent or record company in Japan for the song for which you want to obtain a license, the use of the system of the present invention requires that the song be registered in the system of the present invention. Based on this, it is possible to easily license the music and pay the royalty to the copyright holder for the use of the music as appropriate. If the music has not been registered in the system of the present invention, a license for the music can be obtained by having the copyright owner register the music from the I / O device.

FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of a sixth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention. In the sixth embodiment, similarly to the above-described fifth embodiment, a member uses an IC card to play a music program such as an FM broadcast broadcasted from a broadcasting station on a click radio with a removable IC card. When a favorite song is played while listening, the information (song code) of the song is stored in an IC card storage device by pressing an acquisition button provided on the click radio, and the song code is stored. Convenience of IC card
By bringing it to KIOSK in a store or the like, you can apply for the production of an MD composed of your favorite songs (including songs you heard in music programs) and at the same time,
Is configured so that it can be purchased directly.

The sixth embodiment uses (1) a click radio and an IC card and is a service for specific members; and (2) only a music list (song code) is transmitted from a broadcasting station by data broadcasting. (3) While listening to the radio music program "J-WAVE SELECTION", etc., click the acquisition button of the click radio when the desired music is playing;
(4) When the information of the desired music is stored in the IC card, access the host computer with the IC card at the store; (5) After the application for MD production is completed and the predetermined time has passed, the store (6) Copyright settlement processing is performed; (7) In order to use this system, the member has a) an IC card distributed by member registration. B) When the IC card is detachable and the user listens to the music broadcast and clicks the acquisition button, the user can receive and receive the music played from the music broadcast and the music code corresponding to the music. It is necessary to have a click radio provided with an input function capable of storing the music code of the selected music on an IC card.

As shown in FIG. 54, the main part of the purchase system of this embodiment is the IC card 6
000, Click Radio 6100, Store 6200, Back Channel Company 6
300 and a broadcasting station 6400. The IC card 6000 includes a CPU and a storage device such as an EPROM (not shown).
It is stored in the storage device of the card 6000. The click radio 6100 is connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 6101 and the data broadcast receiving unit 6101 having the FM / AM broadcast receiving function, and is connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 61.
01, a data broadcast decoder 6102 having a function of reproducing an analog music signal so that the user can listen to the music program via earphones, speakers, etc. (not shown) by decoding a digital signal of the music program received The IC card 60 is connected to the broadcast receiving unit 6101 and the data broadcast decoder 6102, and stores the music code of the music selected by the member who listened to the music through the earphone or the speaker.
00 is provided with a control unit 6103 for storing the data in the “00”.

The store 6200 is a KIOSK similarly to the fifth embodiment described above, and includes a monitor, an IC card reader, and an MD including a database search / application terminal (not shown).
It is connected to the production application receiving system 6201 and the MD production application receiving system 6201, and the music list database 6202 and the music data database 6
Store side database 62 including 203 and index database 6204
05, an MD writer 6206 connected to the store side database 6205, a printer 6207 connected to the store side database 6205, a control unit 6208 connected to the MD production application receiving system 6201, a communication system 6209 connected to the control unit 6208, Data broadcast receiving system 621 connected to control unit 6208
0, and the data broadcast decoder 621 connected to the store side database 6205
1 is provided.

The back channel company 6300 includes a communication system 6301 connected to the communication system 6209 of the store 6200 via a telephone line, the Internet, or the like, and a server client system (hereinafter, referred to as a host computer) 6302 connected to the communication system 6301. , A music database 6307 including a music list database 6303, a music data database 6304, an index database 6305, and a copyright database 6306, and a customer database 6308 and a billing settlement connected to the host computer 6302. A company side database 6310 including a database 6309 is provided. The broadcasting station 6400 includes a communication system 6401 and a communication system 640 connected to the communication system 6301 of the back channel company 6300 via satellite waves or the like.
1 connected to the data broadcasting / database 6402, the data broadcasting sending server 6403 connected to the data broadcasting / database 6402, and the data broadcasting sending server 6
Click radio 6100 for members listening to music programs via 403 and satellite waves
And a data broadcast encoder 6404 connected to the data broadcast receiving unit 6102.

Next, the operation of the sixth embodiment will be described. The description of the same operation as that of the above-described fifth embodiment will be omitted, and only the parts unique to the sixth embodiment will be described. . 6-1. Acquisition step by IC card (Description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-2. Member confirmation stage (The description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-3. Acquired music display stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4. Music composition stage 6-4.1. Rearrangement of music pieces (Description is omitted because it is in accordance with the fifth embodiment). 6-4.2. Music preview listening confirmation stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.3. Deletion of music (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.4. Addition of music (Description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.5. Jacket design selection (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-4.5. Album title input (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-5. Final confirmation stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-6. Payment stage (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-7. MD production stage

6-7.1. MD board production work After completing the above-mentioned steps 1 to 6, the process enters the MD production phase. MD board production work (
That is, recording is performed in KIOSK, that is, in a store 6200 such as a convenience store or a gas station. The input information necessary for the production of the MD is the above-mentioned "song code group A". Based on the information of the music code group A, the music data database 6203 of the store-side database 6205 is searched, a music piece corresponding to the information of the music code group A is selected from the music data database 6203, and the selected music pieces are selected. Is recorded on the MD at a high speed by the MD writer 6206.

6-7.2. Jacket production work In the store 6200, a jacket production work (that is, printing and thermal transfer) is also performed by the printer 6207 based on the "song code group A", the "jacket design code B", and the "album title character data C". . Here, first,
Based on the "song code group A", the song list database 6202 of the store side database 6205 is searched, the attribute of each song is selected from the song list database 6202 and the index database 6204, and the information is stored in a predetermined location on the jacket. Is printed on , The attribute of each song is selected, and the information is printed on a predetermined portion of the jacket. Next, based on the "album title character data C", the title inputted in the title portion of the jacket is printed. And
Based on the “jacket design code B”, the selected jacket design is thermally transferred to the cover of the jacket. After completing the MD board production work and the jacket production work, the customer
A desired MD can be obtained at a store 6200 such as KIOSK.

6-8. Transmission Step After completing the payment step, simultaneously with the above-mentioned MD production step, the “song code group A”, “card data D” and “customer code E” created as described above are transmitted to the communication system 6203, The information is sent to the host computer 6302 provided in the back channel company 6300 via the telephone line and the communication system 6301.

6-9 Back Channel Company Work Stage 6-9.1. Charge settlement (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-9.2. Copyright processing (description is omitted because it conforms to the fifth embodiment). 6-10. Music Database Update Stage It is very important for customers to obtain information on new music (music list, music data, index, etc.). These pieces of information are transmitted from the broadcasting station 6100 to the store 6200 by satellite waves or the like. The back channel company 6300 transmits the latest music list, music data, and index information to the music database 6307 by the host computer 6302.
From the music list database 6303, the music data database 6304, and the index database 6305, and the information of the broadcast station 6100 is transmitted from the communication system 6301 to the broadcast station 6100 by satellite waves (which may be a telephone line or a dedicated line). Transmit to the system 6101.

The broadcast station 6100 stores the received latest music list, music data, and index information in the broadcast data database 6102. The broadcast data transmission server 6103 sends the latest music list, music data, and index information stored in the broadcast data database 6102 to the data broadcast encoder 6104,
The data broadcast encoder 6104 converts the information into a transmission signal by encoding the information, and then transmits the information to the data broadcast reception system 6209 of the store 6200 by satellite waves or the like. Data broadcast receiving system 62 of store 6200 that has received the encoded signal
09 transmits these signals to the data broadcast decoder 6210, decodes (decodes) the transmitted signals, reads the latest version of the music list, music data, and index information. The respective information is stored in the database 6202, the music data database 6203, and the index database 6204.

Thus, the store 6200 always stores the latest music information, and is configured to be able to respond to customer needs.

In the above embodiment, the IC card is applied to the portable click radio. However, the form of the radio may be, for example, an IC card applicable car radio, or an IC card applicable home / office stationary radio. It may be.

Further, the system of the present invention can be similarly applied to an IC card applicable television set and an IC card applicable personal computer.

Further, according to the present invention, music programs are broadcasted by radio from a broadcasting station by cable broadcasting.
You may comprise so that it may be transmitted to a broadcast receiver, such as a television.

The system of the present invention can be applied to music programs broadcast from the television and / or radio broadcast stations in the air (ie, radio waves) or via a cable.

FIG. 55 shows another embodiment of a music database according to the present invention, configured in a manner similar to that shown in FIG. 1, with further features detailed below.

Since the basic components are the same as those shown in FIG. 11, the main components shown in FIG. 55 are almost the same, but the contents are different as can be understood from the following description.

As shown in FIG. 55, the music database of this embodiment has (1) a music attribute, and (2)
It includes five categories: master right, (3) copyright, (4) score, and (5) sound source.
Hereinafter, each of the categories will be described in detail. However, since the volume of the database is very large, these details are not shown in FIG. Therefore, only the main parts of the content are shown in FIG. 55, each main part including the layers described below, having the same numbers as shown. In other words, the music database of this embodiment is configured with the following layers. (1) Song attribute (1) -1 Song code Unique code assigned to a specific song For example, a completely different code is assigned to a version-changed song for a version-changed song. In addition, songs that mix down the same sound material again,
It is considered to be a different song, so new chords are played. (1) -2 Music name Domestic / Foreign name (1) -3 Music fraction (1) -4 Artist data a) Main artist a-1) Main artist code; Indicates the main artist who sings / performs music code. a-2) Name of main artist; name of main artist who sings / performs music. a-3) Code representing the company to which the main artist belongs; Company code when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. a-4) Name representing the company to which the main artist belongs; Company name when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. a-5) A code representing the organization to which the principal artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; the artist belongs as an individual artist, or the company belongs if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist Organization code. a-6) name representing the organization to which the principal artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; the artist belongs as an individual artist or the company belongs if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist The name of the organization. b) Secondary Artist b-1) Secondary Artist Code; A code representing the secondary artist who sings / performs the music. b-2) Secondary artist name; The name of the secondary artist who sings / performs the music. b-3) A code representing the company to which the subordinate artist belongs; a company code when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. b-4) A name representing the company to which the subordinate artist belongs; a company name when the artist does not independently operate and belongs to a company. b-5) A code representing the organization to which the subordinate artist belongs or to which company the artist relates; if the artist belongs as an individual artist, or if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist, The code of the organization to which you belong. b-6) a name representing the organization to which the subsidiary artist or the company associated with the artist belongs; if the artist belongs as an individual artist, or the artist is affiliated with the company rather than as an individual artist, The name of the organization to which you belong. c) Engineer staff c-1) Engineer staff code; A code representing a mixer engineer staff who produces music. c-2) Name of engineer staff; Name of mixer engineer staff who produces music. c-3) Code representing the company to which the engineer staff belongs; Company code when the engineer staff does not independently operate and belongs to a company. c-4) A name representing the company to which the engineer staff belongs; a company name when the engineer staff does not independently operate and belongs to a company. c-5) A code representing the organization to which the engineer staff or the company associated with the engineer staff belongs; if the artist belongs as an individual artist or if the artist associates with the company rather than as an individual artist. The code of the organization to which the company belongs. c-6) A name representing the organization to which the engineer staff belongs or the company associated with the engineer staff belongs; the engineer staff belongs as individual engineer staff, or the engineer staff as individual engineer staff. The name of the organization to which the company belongs if it is related to the company instead.

(2) Information on master right (2) -1 Representative master owner code: code of the music piece owner. (2) -2 Representative master disk owner name: The name of the owner of the music. (2) -3 Representative original disk owner company code: The code of the company that owns the music or the company that makes a contract with the owner. (2) -4 Representative master disk ownership company name: The name of the company that owns the music or the company that has a contract with the owner. (2) -5 A code indicating the organization to which the representative master owner belongs or the company related to the representative master owner belongs; the representative master owner belongs as an individual, or the representative master owner belongs to the company instead of as an individual. The code of the organization to which the company belongs, if relevant. (2) -6 Name indicating the organization to which the representative master owner belongs or to which company related to the representative master owner belongs; the representative master owner belongs as an individual, or the representative master owner belongs to the company instead of as an individual. The name of the organization to which the company belongs, if relevant. (2) -7 Licensee code; code representing the company with which the master owner has a contract with the territory other than the territory to which the master owner has the right to exercise the master right. . (2) -8 Licensee name: Name representing the company with which the representative master owner has contracted as a company that does business with masters in territories other than the territory in which the representative master owner has the right to exercise the master right. (2) -9 Master co-owner code: Code representing the co-owner who co-owns the music with the representative master owner or representative music publisher. (2) -10 Name of co-owner of master: Name representing the co-owner who co-owns the music with the representative master owner or the representative music publisher. (2) -11 Master co-owner code: Code indicating the company that co-owns the music or the company that has a contract with the co-owner. (2) -12 Name of co-owner of original disc: A name indicating a company that co-owns music or a company that has a contract with the co-owner. (2) -13 The organization code to which the joint master belongs or belongs to the company associated with the joint master owner; the joint master owner belongs as an individual, or the joint master owner is associated with the company rather than as an individual A code that represents the organization to which the company belongs. (2) -14 The name of the organization to which the joint master owner belongs or to which company is related to the joint master owner; the joint master owner belongs as an individual, or the joint master owner is associated with the company rather than as an individual If so, the name that represents the organization to which the company belongs.

(3) Information Regarding Lyricist Copyright (3) -1 Primary Lyricist Code: A code representing a person who mainly performs songwriting of music. (3) -2 Principal lyricist name: A name representing a person who mainly performs lyric writing for music. (3) -3 Representative original music publisher code This code represents the original music publisher that has a contract with the lyricist. (3) -4 Representative original music publisher name The name representing the original music publisher that has a contract with the lyricist. (3) -5 First organization code: A code representing the administrative organization to which the main lyricist belongs. (3) -6 first organization name; name indicating the administrative organization to which the main lyricist belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -7 Second organization code; if the main lyricist has a contract with the original music publisher Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -8 Second organization name; if the main lyricist has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -9 Code of Joint Original Music Publisher: Representative music publishers enter into an agreement in which publishing rights are co-owned A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -10 Name of co-original music publisher: name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -11 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -12 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -13 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -14 First Sub-Music Publisher Code: A music publisher whose original music publisher enters into a contract to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights The name representing the company. (3) -15 Organization code: A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -16 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -17 Secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, a secondary sub-publisher code may exist in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -18 Name of secondary sub-publisher If the first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher issues a contract with the secondary sub-publisher to exercise the publishing right in a specific region or country. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -19 management organization code A code representing the management organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -20 Administrative organization name The name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: The right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -21 Joint lyricist code: A code that represents a joint lyricist who wrote lyrics jointly with the main lyricist. (3) -22 joint lyricist name: A name representing a joint lyricist who wrote a lyric company that has a contract with a joint owner with the principal lyricist. (3) -23 Representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-author has signed a contract. (3) -24 Representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-author has signed a contract. (3) -25 First organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-author belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -26 First organization name Name of the administrative organization to which the co-author belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -27 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-author has a contract with an original music publisher A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -28 Second organization name Representative original music when the co-author has a contract with the original music publisher The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -29 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher enters into a contract in which it owns the publishing rights jointly. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -30 name of co-original music publisher A name representing a co-music publisher that has signed a contract in which the representative original music publisher jointly owns the publishing right. (3) -31 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -32 organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -33 First Sub Music Publisher Code The original music publisher exercises its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -34 first sub music publisher name The original music publisher enters into an agreement with the original music publisher to cause the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -35 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -37 secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher code may be used in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -38 Secondary sub-publisher name Secondary sub-publisher with which the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing right of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -39 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -40 Administrative organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

Composer (3) -41 Main Composer Code: Code representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -42 Principal Composer Name: A name representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -43 representative original music publisher code A code representing the original music publisher that has entered into a contract with the composer. (3) -44 representative original music publisher name A name representing the original music publisher who has entered into a contract with the composer. (3) -45 first organization code; a code representing the administrative organization to which the main composer belongs. (3) -46 first organization name: name representing the administrative organization to which the main composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -47 second organization code; if the main composer has a contract with an original music publisher Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -48 second organization name; if the main composer has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -49 Code for a joint original music publisher: a representative music publisher enters into an agreement to jointly own publishing rights A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -50 Name of co-original music publisher: Name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -51 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -52 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -53 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -54 first sub music publisher code: a music publisher that has a contract with the original music publisher to exercise the publishing right in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. The name representing the company. (3) -55 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -56 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -57 secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be secondary in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -58 Secondary sub-music publisher name Secondary sub-publisher with which the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing rights of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -59 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -60 administrative organization name The name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -61 Co-composer code: A code representing a co-composer who has composed together with the main composer. (3) -62 name of co-composer: name representative of a co-composer who composed in cooperation with the main composer. (3) -63 representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-composer has contracted. (3) -64 representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-composer has contracted. (3) -65 first organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -66 First Organization Name Name showing the administrative organization to which the composer belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by separate organizations separately.] (3) -67 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-composer has signed a contract with the original music publisher. A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -68 Second Organization Name Representative original music when a co-composer has signed a contract with an original music publisher. The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -69 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher enters into an agreement with which the joint ownership of the publishing rights is owned. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -70 name of co-original music publisher Name representative of a co-music publisher that has signed a contract with the representative original music publisher to jointly own the publishing right. (3) -71 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -72 organization name name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -73 First Sub Music Publisher Code The original music publisher exercises its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -74 First Sub Music Publisher Name The original music publisher enters into an agreement with the original music publisher to cause the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -75 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -76 Organization Name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -77 secondary sub-publisher code If there is a first music publisher, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be used in certain regions or countries. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -78 name of secondary sub-publisher The name of the secondary sub-publisher that the first music publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing rights of the secondary sub-publisher in a specific region or country when the first music publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -79 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -80 Administrative Organization Name Name representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

Arranger (3) -81 Main arranger code: A code representing a person who mainly composes music. (3) -82 principal arranger name: name representative of a person who mainly composes music. (3) -83 representative original music publisher code A code representing the original music publisher who has a contract with the arranger. (3) -84 representative original music publisher name A name representing the original music publisher who has entered into a contract with the arranger. (3) -85 first organization code; a code representing the administrative organization to which the main arranger belongs. (3) -86 first organization name; name representative of the administrative organization to which the main arranger belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -87 second organization code; if the principal arranger has contracted with the original music publisher. Code representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -88 second organization name; if the principal arranger has a contract with the original music publisher Name representing the administrative organization to which the representative original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -89 Code for a joint original music publisher: A representative music publisher enters into an agreement to share ownership of publishing rights. A code representing a co-publisher. (3) -90 name of co-original music publisher: name representing the co-publisher with whom the representative music publisher enters into an agreement to co-own the publishing rights. (3) -91 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -92 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately] (3) -93 First Sub Music Publisher Code: Territory to which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights A code representing the music publisher that the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in other territories. (3) -94 First Sub-Music Publisher Code: A music publisher that has a contract with the original music publisher to have the music publisher exercise its publishing rights in a territory other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name representing the company. (3) -95 organization code: code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. (3) -96 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -97 secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, it may be secondary in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -98 name of secondary sub-publisher If the first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-publisher issues a contract with the secondary sub-publisher to exercise the publishing right in a specific region or country. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -99 administrative organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -100 administrative organization name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: the right to record and the right to perform may be separately managed by different organizations.] (3) -101 Co-arranger code: A code representing a co-arranger who arranged together with the main arranger. (3) -102 co-arranger name: name indicating a co-arranger who arranged together with the main arranger. A company that enters into a contract with a co-owner. (3) -103 representative original music publisher code A code representing the representative music publisher with which the co-arranger has contracted. (3) -104 representative original music publisher name Name representative of the representative music publisher with which the co-arranger has contracted. (3) -105 first organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-arranger belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -106 First Organization Name Name showing the administrative organization to which the co-arranger belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -107 Second Organization Code Representative original music when the co-arranger has signed a contract with the original music publisher. A code representing the administrative body to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -108 Second Organization Name Representative original music when the co-arranger has signed a contract with the original music publisher. The name representing the administrative organization to which the publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -109 Joint Original Music Publisher Code The representative original music publisher signs a contract in which it owns the publishing rights jointly. A code representing the co-publisher. (3) -110 co-original music publisher name Name representative of a co-music publisher that the representative original music publisher has signed a contract to jointly own the publishing rights. (3) -111 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the co-original music publisher belongs. (3) -112 organization name name representative of the administrative organization to which the original co-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -113 First Sub Music Publisher Code Original Music Publisher's Exercise Rights by Original Music Publisher A code representing the music publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that allows the music publisher to exercise publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which it has rights. (3) -114 First Sub-Music Publisher Name The original music publisher enters into a contract with the music publisher to exercise its publishing rights in territories other than the territory in which the original music publisher has the right to exercise its publishing rights. The name that represents a music publisher exchanged by. (3) -115 organization code A code representing the administrative organization to which the first sub music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performance rights may be managed by different organizations separately.] (3) -116 organization name: name representative of the administrative organization to which the first sub-publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by different organizations separately.] (3) -117 Secondary sub-publisher code If a first music publisher exists, the secondary sub-music publisher code may be used in a particular region or country. A code representing the secondary sub-publisher, where the first music publisher enters into a contract to have the sub-publisher exercise the publishing right. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the code to represent. (3) -118 Secondary Sub-Music Publisher Name Secondary Sub-Music Publisher with which the First Music Publisher enters into a contract to exercise the publishing right of the Secondary Sub-Music Publisher in a specific region or country if a First Music Publisher exists. The name that represents. Otherwise, it establishes a secondary sub-publisher with which the original music publisher enters into a contract that causes the secondary sub-publisher to exercise publishing rights in a territory other than the territory for which the original music publisher has the right to exercise that publishing right. Indicates the name to represent. (3) -119 management organization code A code representing the management organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be managed by different organizations separately] (3) -120 Administrative Organization Name Name representative of the administrative organization to which the secondary sub-music publisher belongs. [Note: Recording rights and performing rights may be administered by separate organizations.]

(4) Music score (4) -1 MIDI data (4) -2 Raw score (4) -3 Lyrics

(5) Sound Source (5) -1 Digital Sound Source It is clear that the above items are not limited to those shown. Further extensions are easily made if necessary. This condition applies equally to any list given in the specification, unless otherwise indicated.

FIG. 56 shows the display menu on the display monitor of the system. The display menu, commonly referred to as the "search screen", is composed of the following items: A: Genre of title A-1. Title of music A-2. Title of Western music A-3. Title of modern Japanese music A-4. Others B: Genre of personal names B-1. Artist name B-2. Lyricist name B-3. Composer name B-4. Arranger name B-5. Others C: Genre of company C-1. Record company name C-2. Music publisher name C-3. Entertainment production name C-4. Others D: Genre of group D-1. JASRAC (Japan) D-2. BMI (USA) D-3. ASCAP (USA) D-4. MCPS (UK) D-5. SDRM (France) D-6. Other E: Production date E-1. Year E-2. Month E-3. Day

The above items may be used by the user of the system using a keyboard or other type of input device such as an electronic pen when the user accesses the system by inserting the IC card into an IC card reader installed in the system. Can be entered. Users are identified by this procedure. At the same time, it can be configured to identify the device from which the user logs into the system to prevent unauthorized use of the IC card and / or device.

By inputting the application item of the “search screen”, that is, by inputting the attribute of the music, the ISRC is specified. Once the ISRC has been identified,
The "license file" and the "rate and fee file" (both detailed below) are automatically linked according to the specified ISRC.

Next, the menus on the display are shown in FIGS. 57a, 57b, according to the type of the user identified by the above processing via the information stored in the memory of the IC card.
Or it changes to the “initial menu” as shown in 57c. If the identified user is a business user such as a radio station,
The menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for business users as shown in FIG. 57a. This menu includes the following items: Music search 2. Broadcast use application 3. Purchase music Performance application Application for synchronization 6. Application for modification

If the identified user is a general user such as a college student, the menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for general users as shown in FIG. 57b. This menu includes the following items: Music search 2. Purchase music 3. 3. Purchase music Purchase MIDI data

If the identified user is a right holder such as a music publisher, the menu on the screen changes to an initial menu for right holders as shown in FIG. 57c. This menu is
Including the items listed below: Permission change 2. 2. Change rate and fee content. 3. Change of rights New work application

FIG. 58 shows the contents of a license file used in the system of the present invention.

FIG. 59 also shows the contents of the charge rate and the charge file used in the system of the present invention. Hereinafter, each item of the permission file, and each item of the charge rate and the charge file are listed together with the detailed description.

Permission File: Key code: music code (= ISRC code) Genre A: Viewing When searching for a song or purchasing a song, viewing is a full chorus, 1
Flags whether it can be performed in a chorus or a specific number of seconds. A1 Professional use A1-1 Full chorus A1-2 1 chorus A1-3 45 seconds A1-4 60 seconds (other time variations) A2 Personal A2-1 Full chorus A2-2 1 chorus A2-3 45 seconds A2- 4 60 seconds (other time variations)

[0274] 3. Genre B: Purchase of music (viewing / listening) Prepare flag areas corresponding to various services that will occur in the future. B1 Commercial Use Distribute sound sources to local FM radio stations connected to the use of the genre F broadcasts shown below. B2 Personal (subject to customer, artist, etc.) subdivided into further segments in the future [Existing Recording License] B2-1 Juke box Listen once-store / record Yes (discriminate it from the viewpoint of viewing A which is free) B2-2 CD Is it possible to apply for a group of favorite songs using the Internet at home and deliver a CD with favorite songs recorded at home? Or to a nearby record store. B2-3 MD At home, by applying for a favorite music group using the Internet, an MD in which the favorite music is recorded is delivered to the home or delivered to a nearby record store. B2-4 CD-R By applying for a favorite music group at home using the Internet, the music source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on a CD at home. B2-5 MD-R By applying for a favorite song group at home using the Internet, the song source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on the MD at home. B2-6 DVD-R By applying for a favorite music group at home using the Internet, a music source is downloaded and recorded / confirmed on a DVD at home. B2-7 PC

[0275] 4. Genre C: Music score purchase C1 Business use C1-1 Purchase music score as data on the network. C1-2 By applying on the network, purchase as a musical score written on paper. C2 Personal C2-1 Purchase music scores as data on the network. C2-2 By applying on the network, purchase as a score written on paper.

[0276] 5. Genre D: Purchase of MIDI data When producing MIDI data when producing an original sound source, this can be a new business. D1 Selling to commercial karaoke business D1-1 Purchase MIDI data as data on the network. D2 Personal D2-1 Purchase MIDI data as data on the network.

[0277] 6. Genre E: Performance application E1 Professional application Apply when performing by a professional artist or musician at a concert or live house. E2 Individuals Apply when performing by an amateur artist or musician at a concert or live house. There is no charge for the performance, but only a survey of the songs used.

[0278] 7. Genre F: Use of Broadcasting of Music In principle, all music can be used for broadcasting. F1 Business F1-1 Broadcasting program for radio station F1-2 Broadcasting program for TV station

[0279] 8. Genre G: Synchronization Used as background music for television images, movie images, and commercial (CM) images. G1 Professional G1-1 Synchronization for movie video G1-2 Synchronization for TV video G1-3 Synchronization for video game video G1-4 Synchronization for game software video G1-5 Synchronization for CM video

[0280] 9. Genre H: Application for modification To produce a new song by modifying an existing song [sound source, score], and / or to create a dance song that is currently popular, etc. Sometimes it is desirable to produce completely different music by sampling existing sound sources. H1 Commercial use H1-1 License to use existing sound source sampling H1-2 [When producing cover music of existing music [like Japanese cover music version of Western music]]

Rate and Rate File Ratio of ISRC Master: Copyright 1. Original master: Joint master Original master (owner): Licensee Individual: Company: Group Produced duty rate Main artist duty rate Secondary artist duty rate Copyright ratio Lyricist: Composer: Arranger: Music publisher Music publisher: Kyodo Music Publisher OP: FSP: SP Individual: Company: Group Organization: Group

Hereinafter, an example for explaining the file will be described in detail. Here, it is assumed that the user is a trader (hereinafter, referred to as a user) in charge of selecting a song for a music program broadcast on a radio by using the system of the present invention. Therefore, the user activates the facing device and inserts an IC card that also functions as an ID card for the registered user. By inputting the password (or the IC card contains the information of the identification number and functions in the same way, this processing can be omitted), the display device of the monitor device is shown in FIG.
The initial screen for the trader as shown in is displayed. Here, the ID number and the device number in use are configured as user data. ⇒ [User data A]

First, an operation of specifying a music is performed. The information of the candidate music is input in advance by appropriately satisfying the corresponding items of the “search menu” displayed on the screen of the display device as shown in FIG.

After the candidate music has been specified, the menu on the screen changes to the “initial menu” for the trader as shown in FIG. The music search item is highlighted in color, and the search for candidate music is performed as to whether or not these candidate music have already been registered in the system. Then, as a result of the search, a list of candidate songs is displayed on the screen together with an indication of whether or not each candidate song has already been registered in the system. Candidate songs with an "OK" mark indicate that these candidate songs have already been registered, and therefore these candidate songs can proceed to the next step. ⇒ [Song list B]

Here, it is assumed that, when candidate music pieces are registered in the system, “license file” and “rate and charge file” corresponding to these candidate music pieces are also registered in advance. Therefore, the items of each file as shown in FIG. 58 and FIG. 59 are flagged in advance by the copyright holder of the corresponding music according to the preference of the right holder (if not applied, the flag is set. Not filled) or filled (empty if not applicable). Next, the user selects an “initial menu” item by touching a menu item or a number corresponding to each item with a touch pen.

In the present embodiment, the user starts from the item of “initial menu”. It is assumed that a broadcast use application will be selected. When the user selects item 2 by touching the item with the touch pen, the screen changes to a “broadcast attribute input menu”. Next, the user inputs the broadcast data, the name of the network station, the number of the network stations, and the like into the “broadcast attribute input menu”. ⇒ [Broadcast attribute data C]

After the above processing is completed, the “license file” and the “rate and fee file” for each of the candidate songs are referred to (for example, see FIG. 60), and information on the permission contents regarding the candidate songs, the master, and The copyright is obtained in the form of data A, B, and C described above. Thus, a wave packet is composed of these data A, B, and C, and the wave packet is composed of the master and the copyright status or state.
In addition, the evaluation of the candidate music regarding the permitted contents of the item is transmitted to the host computer 5302 as shown in FIG. 53 in the so-called “music global access system (MGAS)” of the present invention.

In the present embodiment, the reference item in the permission file for the candidate music is the item of “use of broadcasting”, and the contents thereof are F1-1 “broadcasting program for radio station” and F1-2 “broadcasting program for television station”. Program ". Therefore, F1-
If the flag of 1 is flagged but the content of F1-2 is not flagged for one of the candidate songs, the candidate song is licensed only to use the radio station broadcast program. You. Therefore, the "rate and rate file" for this candidate song
Along with the information of the contents, the MGAS to discriminate copyright and original recording rights based on the updated various rights and contents of the "License File" and "Rate and Fee File". At the same time as the transmission, the user is informed that one of the candidate songs is licensed only for radio broadcasting and therefore via the display screen no restrictions apply to the candidate song.

Hereinafter, as an example, in the radio music program “J-WAVE Selection” broadcasted at 22:00 on March 24, 1998, the following songs are used: a) Seiko Matsuda / “Red Sweet Pea” b) Bon Processing for FM radio broadcast J-WAVE using Jobi / “LIVIN'ON A PRAYER” will be described in detail. There is a tracking operation to evaluate whether the music has been correctly broadcast with the broadcast data scheduled along with the broadcast list. Here, matching is performed between the transmitted music data group stored in the transmitting unit of the radio broadcasting station and the broadcast list of the determining unit (not shown). In the event of a broadcast accident, sudden change in broadcast schedule, etc.
Correct data of the transmitted music data group of the LOGIN system of the broadcasting device is rewritten as data used by the determination unit.

The usage data of the discriminator, which is rewritten every day, is transmitted to the MGAS every week, every month, etc., depending on the contract form between the broadcasting station and the MGAS.

Hereinafter, the publishing right processing will be described with reference to the above example. At present, in Japan, payment of copyright broadcasting fees between JASRAC and television / radio stations is based on an annual blanket agreement. For example, if the annual sales of a radio station is 10,000,000 yen (10 billion yen), 2% of that amount, that is, 200,000,000 yen (200 million yen), will be JA.
Paid to SRAC. Subsequent distribution is performed as described above.

Here, processing similar to that described above will be described using MGAS of the present invention. Assuming that the two songs are broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE is 100,000 (100,000), a circle can be obtained for each song. . Next, this 200,000 yen is JASRA
After the fee of C is deducted, the lyricist, (100 / 100,000) × 20, according to the distribution ratio indicated in each “rate and rate file” corresponding to the music of Seiko Matsuda.
0,000,000 yen = 200,000 broadcast fee, distributed to composers, arrangers, and music publishers. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the JASRAC commission has been deducted, the remaining amount of the broadcast fee will be divided into the ASCAP, lyricist, and composer according to the distribution ratio indicated in each "Rate and fee file" corresponding to the Bon Jobi song. Distributors, arrangers, and music publishers.

Here, the processing of the master right will be described in detail. 1. Recording Producer: Currently, there is an agreement between the Recording Industry Association of Japan (RIAJ) and the National Broadcasting Corporation (NACBJ), a leading television / radio organization, for the broadcasting rights of original rights. 1% of the commercial broadcaster's annual sales will be paid to RIAJ as royalties. For example, if the annual sales of all commercial broadcasts is 1,000,000,000,000,000,000 yen (1 trillion yen), 1% (= 1,000,000,000,000 (1 billion yen)) will be sent to RIAJ. Paid. Currently, the broadcasting royalty of the master right is distributed to each record company using a method inferior to the sampling method. However, by using the MGAS of the present invention, for example, the annual total sales by J-WAVE is reduced by 1%.
%, That is, 10,000,000 yen × 1% = 100,000,000 yen, will be paid to RIAJ as the broadcast usage fee of the master. Next, the same processing as the above-described processing of the publishing right is performed with reference to the “rate and rate file”. Assuming that the above two songs were broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE per year is 100,000, (1
(00 / 100,000) × 100,000,000 yen = 100,000 yen. Then, after the RIAJ fee is deducted, the 100,000 yen will be sent to record companies, entertainment productions, etc. according to the original recording cost ratio indicated in each "rate and rate file" corresponding to the music of Seiko Matsuda. Be distributed. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the RIAJ fee has been deducted, the balance of the broadcasting fee will be passed through the license record company according to the ratio indicated in each "Rate and fee file" corresponding to the Bon Jobi song. And distributed to foreign record companies.

[0294] 2. At the same time, a secondary royalties fee for the master right will be paid to the performers from the National Broadcasting Corporation (NACBJ). For example, if the annual sales of all commercial broadcasts is 1,000,000,000,000,000,000 yen (1 trillion yen), 1% (= 1,000,000,000,000 (1 billion yen)) of that will be sold by Geidai Kyo ( JCPO). From there, it is distributed to each organization.

Here, a flow of payment by using the MGAS of the present invention will be described. Assuming that the above two songs were broadcast 100 times a year, and further assuming that the total number of songs used in J-WAVE per year is 100,000, (1
(00 / 100,000) × 100,000,000 yen = 100,000 yen. Next, after the JCPO fee has been deducted, performers and performers belong to this 100,000 yen in accordance with the contract allocation ratio indicated in each “rate and rate file” corresponding to the song by Seiko Matsuda. It is distributed to entertainment productions and the industry organizations to which the entertainment productions belong. In the case of Bon Jobi, after the JCPO fee has been deducted,
In accordance with the ratio indicated in each "rate and fee file" corresponding to the music of Jobi, the music is distributed to the performer, the entertainment production to which the performer belongs, the AFM, AFTRA, etc. to which the entertainment production belongs. . FIG. 60 shows the main points of the above processing. As can be seen from the above description, the same processing as described above is performed for different types of users.

With reference to FIG. 61, the above processing will be described in detail. The MGAS system of the present invention is activated by inserting an IC card into an IC card reader (step ST1). Next, the type of the user who has activated the MGAS system is identified from the information stored in the memory of the IC card (
Step ST2). Next, a "search" menu is displayed on the screen of the display device (step ST3), and the applicable items of the "search" menu for the candidate music are satisfied (step ST4). A DB (music database) is searched according to the type of the identified user and the information of the items of the "search" menu that is satisfied (step ST).
5). Before the start of the MGAS system, it is determined whether or not the candidate music has already been registered in the system (step ST6). The result of the determination is to indicate whether or not the candidate music has already been registered in the MGAS system. A suitable "initial" menu is displayed on the screen and at the same time is displayed on the screen according to the information of the user type identified above (step ST7). If the candidate music has already been registered in the MGAS system (step ST8), a suitable item of the "initial" menu is selected according to the type of the user identified above (step ST9). Step ST9 above
If either a professional user or a general user is selected in step, the corresponding item of the “license file” is searched based on the selected item of the qualified “initial” menu (step ST10). The result is displayed on the screen to indicate whether or not the selected item is a permitted item (step ST11).
. If the selected item is not permitted in step ST11, the process proceeds to step ST11.
Return to 9. On the other hand, if the selected item is permitted, the DB is searched according to the information of “rate and fee file” (step ST12), and the applicable copyright and royalty are processed according to the result of the DB search. (Step ST13). Next, it is confirmed whether or not the result is appropriate (step ST14). If the result is confirmed, the process ends (step ST15).

If the type of the user is a legitimate right holder such as a copyright holder / music publisher in step ST9, the qualifying information for the item is “license file” and / or “
Is changed / input in "rate and charge file" (step ST16). Next, the changed / input information is processed to update the contents of the DB (step ST1).
7) Then, the processing result such as the changed / input item is displayed on the screen (step ST18), and the process proceeds to step ST14 as described above.

Although the embodiment of the present invention described above mainly describes music, the present invention is not limited to music. The present invention relates to books, magazines, newspapers, and the like that can be processed in digital form (electronic form) or converted from analog form to digital form via the Internet and / or other communication network systems. Printed matter, including journals of all kinds, as well as photos, game software programs,
It can be applied to other types of multimedia, such as movies, still photos, videos, etc.

In particular, the related method of coding the authorization code and the content according to the invention does not deviate from the concept used for music, but in a manner similar to that described in the above embodiment for music. Can be applied to all of The set of licensed potential uses of song information includes, but is not limited to, playing, duplicating, transmitting, and distributing, and the forms that can be transmitted include, but are not limited to, surface, cable, internet, or satellite. Is not limited, and possible forms of media for duplication include stream, local HDD, flash memory, stick memory or MD, but other forms of media may be used.

The present invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from its spirit or essential characteristics. Therefore, the present embodiment is for explanation in all the forms, and does not limit the present invention. All changes that come with the meaning and range equivalent to the range are therefore intended to be included herein.

[Brief description of the drawings]

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

6 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

8 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 1;

FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the specifications of a music database which is one of the main components of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

12 is a diagram showing an example of an index database constituting a part of the music database of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

13 is a diagram showing another example of the index database constituting a part of the music database of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

15 is a diagram illustrating a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

16 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

17 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

19 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG.

20 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

21 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG.

23 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG.

FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

25 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

26 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

28 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 29 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

30 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 24.

FIG. 32 is a schematic view of a fourth embodiment of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention.

FIG. 33 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32;

FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

35 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

36 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchasing system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

FIG. 37 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

38 is an explanatory diagram of a part of the operation of the personal recording medium purchase system of the present invention shown in FIG. 32.

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a fifth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention.

40 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 41 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 42 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 43 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 44 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 45 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 46 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

47 is an explanatory diagram of another operation of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 48 is an explanatory diagram of confirmation items on a monitor screen of the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 49 is a flowchart for explaining IC card electronic money payment processing by the purchase system shown in FIG. 39;

50 is an explanatory diagram of a processing flow of each data and each code in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

51 is another explanatory diagram of the flow of processing of each data and each code in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39.

FIG. 52 is an overall explanatory diagram of all processes in the purchase system shown in FIG. 39;

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a configuration of a server client system constituting a part of a back channel company related to the purchase system of the present invention.

FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram of a sixth embodiment of the purchase system of the present invention.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing another embodiment of the music database according to the present invention.

FIG. 56 shows a display menu on a display monitor of the system shown in FIG. 54.

FIG. 57 is made up of FIGS. 57a, 57b and 57c, each of which shows a different type of initial menu displayed on the display screen.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing an example of the contents of a license file used in the system of the present system.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an example of the contents of a charge rate and a charge file used in the system of the present system.

60 is a schematic diagram showing the entire processing using the “permission file” shown in FIG. 59 and the “rate and fee file” shown in FIG. 60 according to the present invention.

61 is composed of FIG. 61a, FIG. 61b, and FIG. 61c.
FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating processing shown in FIG.

[Description of Signs] 1 Purchase system 10 Store 11 MD production application reception system 12 Music list / database 13 Store equipment management system 14 Communication system 20 Back channel company 21 Communication system 22 Server client system (host computer) 23 Music list / database 24 Music data database 25 Index database 26 Copyright database 27 Music database 27 28 MD writer 29 Printer 30 Customer database 31 Billing settlement database 32 Company database 32 40 Internet (dedicated line)

──────────────────────────────────────────────────続 き Continued on the front page (51) Int.Cl. ⁷ Identification symbol FI Theme coat ゛ (Reference) G07F 17/00 G10H 1/00 Z G10H 1/00 G10K 15/02 G10K 15/02 G11B 27/00 D G11B 27/00 27/10 A 27/031 27/34 P 27/10 H04H 1/02 27/34 H04N 7/173 H04H 1/02 G07F 7/08 S H04N 7/173 G11B 27/02 B (81) designation Country EP (AT, BE, CH, CY, DE, DK, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, IE, IT, LU, MC, NL, PT, SE), OA (BF, BJ, CF, CG) , CI, CM, GA, GN, GW, ML, MR, NE, SN, TD, TG), AP (GH, GM, KE, LS, MW, SD, SZ, UG, ZW), EA (AM, AZ, (BY, KG, KZ, MD, RU, TJ, TM), AL, AM, AT, AU, AZ, BA, BB, BG, BR, BY, CA, CH, CN, CU, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, GB, GE, GH, GM, HR, HU, ID, IL, IS, JP, KE, KG, KR, KZ, LC, LK, LR, LS, LT, LU, LV, MD , MG, MK, MN, MW, MX, NO, NZ, PL, PT, RO, RU, SD, SE, SG, SI, SK, SL, TJ, TM, TR, TT, UA, UG, UZ, V N, YU, ZW

Claims (7)

[Claims] 1. A system for authorizing access to selected ones of a multimedia library, comprising: a) a memory for storing the multimedia library; b) one for the multimedia stored in the memory. A data input device for inputting a set of information attributes; c) a data search device for searching for information about a specific medium in the library according to the input attributes; and d) an output device for supplying the searched information. System. 2. A system for accessing information about a song, comprising: a) inputting information about a class of a current user and a candidate song to be accessed;
A data input device operable by a user; b) a memory for storing a library of songs and a set of information items relating to at least selected ones of the stored songs; c) storing selected information about the candidate songs in the A display for the current user; d) a processor connected to the data input device, which performs the following operations on the candidate music related information: 1) determining the class of the current user and the candidate music, and depending on it; And displaying, on the display, an information item corresponding to the input class of the current user from the specific set of information items of the input candidate song; and 2) displaying the current user for further processing. Selecting at least one of said displayed information items, and 3) further processing said selected information items. And the system. 3. The information item stored in the memory includes intellectual property rights and the further processing calculates a fee for the input candidate song and the input user class. 3. The system according to claim 2, wherein: 4. The information item stored in the memory includes a permission to access the information, and the further processing includes determining which information, if any, regarding the selected candidate song, the current user 3. The system according to claim 2, wherein whether the user is accessible is determined based on a permission to access the information and the user class. 5. Granting access by a plurality of classes of users to an information system to select and obtain permission to access a particular song from a library of songs for a particular use of the plurality of uses. The method, wherein the information system stores the rights accessible to each song in the library, a license fee associated with each of the rights, and information as an identity of a respective right holder of the right. The method comprising: a) activating the information system for a user by entering at least a display of the current user's class indication and identification of candidate songs; b) identifying the current user's class from the user input C) determining the availability of the song in the information system and the set of potential licensed uses by the identified class to the current user. D) searching the information system for the identified class and the candidate song of the selected song; d) determining whether the song is available in the information system, and if so, the selected set of available candidate songs. Displaying the potential licensed use indication to the user; e) allowing the user to select a particular use from the displayed set of uses; f) selecting the selected use for the identified candidate song. Accessing from the information system whether or not the access is permitted, and if the selected use is permitted, search the information system for a license fee and a right holder for the selected use based on the selected use information. And g) processing the license fee for the selected right holder. 6. The identified use, as determined in step b), is a right holder, for causing the right holder to change the license fee information and to update the contents of the information system. The method of claim 5, wherein the changed information is processed. 7. Displaying the changed information to the current user, and allowing the right holder to confirm whether the changed information is qualified, and if so, terminates the processing step g). The method of claim 6, further comprising the step of: